UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007

OR

[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from _______ to _______

 

Commission File Number 1-5684

W.W. Grainger, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Illinois

 

36-1150280

(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

 

 

 

100   Grainger   Parkway,   Lake   Forest,   Illinois

 

60045-5201

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

(847) 535-1000

(Registrant’s telephone number including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title   of   each   class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock $0.50 par value, and accompanying

New York Stock Exchange

Preferred Share Purchase Rights

Chicago Stock Exchange

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes

X

No

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.

Yes

 

No

X

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes

X

No

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. (X)

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer x

Accelerated filer [ ]

Non-accelerated filer [ ]

Smaller reporting company [ ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).

Yes

 

No

X

 

The aggregate market value of the voting common equity held by nonaffiliates of the registrant was $6,823,136,530 as of the close of trading as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on June 30, 2007. The Company does not have nonvoting common equity.

 

The registrant had 78,963,866 shares of common stock outstanding as of January 31, 2008.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

Portions of the proxy statement relating to the annual meeting of shareholders of the registrant to be held on April 30, 2008, are incorporated by reference into Part III hereof.

 

1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

PART I

 

 

Page(s)

 

 

 

Item 1:

BUSINESS

3-5

 

THE COMPANY

3

 

GRAINGER BRANCH-BASED

3-4

 

INDUSTRIAL SUPPLY

3-4

 

MEXICO

4

 

CHINA

4

 

ACKLANDS – GRAINGER BRANCH-BASED

4

 

LAB SAFETY

4

 

INDUSTRY SEGMENTS

5

 

COMPETITION

5

 

EMPLOYEES

5

 

WEB SITE ACCESS TO COMPANY REPORTS

5

Item 1A:

RISK FACTORS

5-6

Item 1B:

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

6

Item 2:

PROPERTIES

6-7

Item 3:

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

7

Item 4:

SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

7

Executive Officers

8

PART II

Item 5:

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER

MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

8-10

Item 6:

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

10

Item 7:

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

10-21

Item 7A:

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

22

Item 8:

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

22

Item 9:

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON

ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

22

Item 9A:

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

22

Item 9B:

OTHER INFORMATION

22

PART III

Item 10:

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

23

Item 11:

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

23

Item 12:

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND

MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

23

Item 13:

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS,

AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

23

Item 14:

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

23

PART IV

Item 15:

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

23-24

Signatures

25

Certifications

65-68

 

 

 

 

2

PART I

Item 1: Business

 

The Company

W.W. Grainger, Inc., incorporated in the State of Illinois in 1928, is in the service business. It distributes products used by businesses and institutions primarily across North America to keep their facilities and equipment running. In this report, the words “Grainger” or “Company” mean W.W. Grainger, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

 

Grainger uses a multichannel business model to serve approximately 1.8 million customers of all sizes with multiple ways to find and purchase facilities maintenance and other products through a network of branches, sales representatives, call centers, catalogs and other direct marketing media and the Internet. Orders can be placed via telephone, fax, Internet or in person. Products are available for immediate pick-up or for shipment.

 

Operations are managed and reported in three segments. The three reportable segments are Grainger Branch-based, Acklands – Grainger Branch-based (Acklands – Grainger) and Lab Safety Supply, Inc. (Lab Safety). Grainger Branch-based is an aggregation of the following business units: Grainger Industrial Supply (Industrial Supply), Grainger, S.A. de C.V. (Mexico), Grainger Caribe Inc. (Puerto Rico) and Grainger China LLC (China). Acklands – Grainger is the Company’s Canadian branch-based distribution business. Lab Safety is a direct marketer of safety and other industrial products.

 

Grainger has internal business support functions which provide coordination and guidance in the areas of accounting, administrative services, business development, communications, compensation and benefits, employee development, enterprise systems, environmental, finance, health and safety, human resources, insurance and risk management, internal audit, investor relations, legal, real estate and construction services, security, taxes and treasury services. These services are provided in varying degrees to all business units.

 

Grainger does not engage in basic or substantive product research and development activities. Items are regularly added to and deleted from Grainger’s product lines on the basis of market research, customer demand, recommendations of suppliers, sales volumes and other factors.

 

Grainger Branch-based

The Grainger Branch-based businesses provide customers with product solutions for facility maintenance and other product needs through logistics networks which are configured for rapid product availability. Grainger offers a broad selection of facility maintenance and other products through local branches, catalogs and the Internet. The more significant businesses in this segment are described below.

 

Industrial Supply

Industrial Supply offers U.S. businesses and institutions a combination of product breadth, local availability, speed of delivery, detailed product information, simplicity of ordering and competitively priced products. Industrial Supply distributes material handling equipment, safety and security supplies, lighting and electrical products, power and hand tools, pumps and plumbing supplies, cleaning and maintenance supplies and many other items. Its customers range from small and medium-sized businesses to large corporations, governmental entities at local, state and federal levels, and other institutions. During 2007, Industrial Supply completed an average of 92,000 sales transactions daily.

 

Industrial Supply operates 434 branches located in all 50 states. These branches are located within 20 minutes of the majority of U.S. businesses and serve the immediate needs of their local markets by allowing customers to pick up items directly from the branches.

 

Branches range in size from small, will-call branches to large master branches. The Grainger Express® will-call locations average 2,200 square feet, do not stock inventory and provide convenient pick-up locations. Branches primarily fulfill counter and will-call needs and provide customer service. Master branches handle counter and will-call customers, and ship to customers for other branches and themselves. In total, branches average 21,000 square feet in size, have 13 employees and handle about 125 transactions per day. In 2007, Industrial Supply opened eight full-size and four will-call branches, relocated 19 branches and expanded or remodeled 29 branches. In 2007, four branches were closed.

 

Industrial Supply’s distribution network is comprised of nine distribution centers (DCs). Using automated equipment and processes, the DCs handle most of the customer shipping and also replenish branch inventories.

 

Industrial Supply sells principally to customers in industrial and commercial maintenance departments, service shops, manufacturers, hotels, government, retail organizations, transportation businesses, contractors, and healthcare and educational facilities. Sales transactions during 2007 were made to approximately 1.4 million customers. Approximately 23% of 2007 sales consisted of private label items bearing Grainger’s registered trademarks, including DAYTON® (principally electric motors, heating and ventilation equipment, and liquid pumps), SPEEDAIRE® (air compressors), AIR HANDLER® (air filtration equipment), DEM-KOTE® (spray paints), WESTWARD® (principally hand and power tools), CONDOR™ (safety products) and LUMAPRO® (task and outdoor lighting). Grainger has taken steps to protect these trademarks against infringement and believes that they will remain available for future use in its business. Sales of remaining items generally consisted of products carrying the names of other well-recognized brands.

3

The Industrial Supply catalog, most recently issued in February 2008, offers almost 183,000 facility maintenance and other products. Approximately 1.8 million copies of the catalog were produced.

 

Customers can also purchase products through grainger.com. This Web site serves as a prominent service channel for the Industrial Supply division. Customers have access to more than 400,000 products through grainger.com. It is available 24/7, providing real-time product availability, customer-specific pricing, multiple product search capabilities, customer personalization, and links to customer support and the fulfillment system. For large customers interested in connecting to grainger.com through sophisticated purchasing platforms, grainger.com has a universal connection. This technology translates the different data formats used by electronic marketplaces, exchanges, and e-procurement systems and allows these systems to communicate directly with Industrial Supply’s operating platform.

 

Industrial Supply purchases products for sale from approximately 1,400 suppliers, most of which are manufacturers. No single supplier comprised more than 5% of Industrial Supply’s purchases and no significant difficulty has been encountered with respect to sources of supply.

 

Through a global sourcing operation, Industrial Supply procures competitively priced, high-quality products produced outside the United States from approximately 230 suppliers. Grainger businesses sell these items primarily under private labels. Products obtained through the global sourcing operation include DAYTON® motors, WESTWARD® tools, LUMAPRO® lighting products and CONDOR™ safety products, as well as products bearing other trademarks.

 

Mexico

Grainger’s operations in Mexico provide local businesses with facility maintenance and other products from both Mexico and the United States. In 2007, Mexico opened five branches and two master branches bringing their total number of locations to 15. The business ships products to customers as well as fulfills counter and will-call needs. The largest facility, an 85,000 square foot DC, is located outside of Monterrey, Mexico. During 2007, approximately 950 transactions were completed daily. Customers have access to approximately 35,000 products through a Spanish-language catalog or through grainger.com.mx.

 

China

Grainger operates in China from a 126,000 square foot DC with a showroom located in Shanghai and five surrounding will-call locations. Customers have access to approximately 30,000 products through a Chinese-language catalog or through grainger.com.cn.

 

Acklands – Grainger Branch-based

Acklands – Grainger is Canada’s leading broad-line distributor of industrial and safety supplies. It serves customers through 153 branches and five DCs across Canada. Acklands – Grainger distributes tools, fasteners, safety supplies, instruments, welding and shop equipment, and many other items. During 2007, approximately 14,000 sales transactions were completed daily. A comprehensive catalog, printed in both English and French, showcases the product line to facilitate customer selection. This catalog, with more than 56,000 products, supports the efforts of account managers and branch personnel throughout Canada. In addition, customers can purchase products through acklandsgrainger.com, a fully bilingual Web site.

 

Lab Safety

Lab Safety is a direct marketer of safety and other industrial products to U.S. and Canadian businesses. Headquartered in Janesville, Wisconsin, Lab Safety primarily reaches its customers through the distribution of multiple branded catalogs and other marketing materials distributed throughout the year to targeted markets. Brands include LSS, Ben Meadows (forestry), Gempler’s (agriculture), AW Direct (service vehicle accessories), Rand Materials (material handling), Professional Inspection Equipment and Construction Book Express (building and home inspection) and McFeely’s Square Drive Screws (woodworking). Customers can purchase products by telephone, fax or through lss.com and other branded Web sites.

 

Lab Safety offers extensive product depth, technical support and high service levels. During 2007, Lab Safety issued 13 unique catalogs covering safety supplies, material handling and facility maintenance products, lab supplies, security and other products targeted to specific customer groups. Lab Safety provides access to approximately 163,000 products through its targeted catalogs and distributes products from two DCs.

 

4

Industry Segments

Operations are managed and reported in the following three segments: Grainger Branch-based, Acklands – Grainger and Lab Safety. Grainger Branch-based is an aggregation of the following business units: Grainger Industrial Supply, Grainger, S.A. de C.V., Grainger Caribe Inc. and Grainger China LLC. Acklands – Grainger is the Company’s Canadian branch-based distribution business. Lab Safety is a direct marketer of safety and other industrial products. For segment and geographical information and consolidated net sales and operating earnings see “Item 7: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Competition

Grainger faces competition in all markets it serves, from manufacturers (including some of its own suppliers) that sell directly to certain segments of the market, wholesale distributors, catalog houses and retail enterprises.

 

Grainger provides local product availability, sales representatives, competitive pricing, catalogs (which include product descriptions and, in certain cases, extensive technical and application data), electronic and Internet commerce technology and other services to assist customers in lowering their total facility maintenance costs. Grainger believes that it can effectively compete with manufacturers on small orders, but manufacturers may have an advantage in filling large orders.

 

Grainger serves a number of diverse markets. Based on available data, Grainger estimates the North American market for facilities maintenance and related products to be more than $145 billion, of which Grainger’s share is approximately 4 percent. There are several large competitors, although most of the market is served by small local and regional competitors.

 

Employees

As of December 31, 2007, Grainger had 18,036 employees, of whom 15,732 were full-time and 2,304 were part-time or temporary. Grainger has never had a major work stoppage and considers employee relations to be good.

 

Web Site Access to Company Reports

Grainger makes available, free of charge, through its Web site, its Annual Report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, proxy statements and amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after this material is electronically filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission. This material may be accessed by visiting grainger.com/investor .

 

Item 1A: Risk Factors

 

The following is a discussion of significant risk factors relevant to Grainger’s business that could adversely affect its financial position or results of operations.

 

A slowdown in economic activity could negatively impact Grainger’s sales growth. Economic and industry trends affect Grainger’s business environments. Grainger’s sales growth has tended to correlate with commercial activity, manufacturing output and non-farm employment levels. Thus, a slowdown in economic activity could negatively impact Grainger’s sales growth.

 

The facilities maintenance industry is a highly fragmented industry, and competition could result in a decreased demand for Grainger’s products and services. There are several large competitors in the industry, although most of the market is served by small local and regional competitors. Grainger faces competition in all markets it serves, from manufacturers (including some of its own suppliers) that sell directly to certain segments of the market, wholesale distributors, catalog houses and retail enterprises. Competitive pressures could adversely affect Grainger’s sales and profitability.

 

Unexpected product shortages could negatively impact customer relationships, resulting in an adverse impact on results of operations. Grainger’s competitive strengths include product selection and availability. Products are purchased from approximately 3,000 key suppliers, no one of which accounts for more than 5% of purchases. Historically, no significant difficulty has been encountered with respect to sources of supply. If Grainger were to experience difficulty in obtaining products, there could be a short-term adverse effect on results of operations and a longer-term adverse effect on customer relationships and Grainger’s reputation. In addition, Grainger has strategic relationships with key vendors. In the event Grainger was unable to maintain those relations, there might be a loss of competitive pricing advantages which could in turn adversely affect results of operations.

 

5

A delay in the completion or lower than projected results from Grainger’s multiyear market expansion program could negatively affect anticipated future sales growth. In 2004, Grainger launched a six phase market expansion program in the United States to strengthen its presence in top metropolitan markets and better position itself to serve the local customer. The program is being implemented in these markets in a phased approach. The success of the market expansion program is expected to be a driver of growth in 2008 and beyond. The first phase of the market expansion program was completed in 2005. The second, third and fourth phases of the market expansion program were completed in 2007. Phases five and six were more than 50% complete at December 31, 2007, and are expected to be completed during 2008. A delay in the completion of the program or lower than projected results from the program could negatively impact anticipated future sales growth.

 

The addition of new product lines could impact future sales growth. Grainger, from time to time, expands the breadth of its offerings by increasing the number of products it distributes. In 2006, Grainger launched a multiyear product line expansion program. The success of the expansion program is expected to be a driver of growth in 2008 and beyond. The success of these expansions will depend on Grainger’s ability to accurately forecast market demand, obtain products from suppliers and effectively integrate these products into the supply chain.

 

Interruptions in the proper functioning of information systems could disrupt operations and cause unanticipated increases in costs or decreases in revenues, or both. The proper functioning of Grainger’s information systems is critical to the successful operation of its business. Although Grainger’s information systems are protected through physical and software safeguards and remote processing capabilities exist, information systems are still vulnerable to natural disasters, power losses, unauthorized access, telecommunication failures and other problems. If critical information systems fail or are otherwise unavailable, Grainger’s ability to process orders, identify business opportunities, maintain proper levels of inventories, collect accounts receivable, pay expenses and maintain the security of Company and customer data could be adversely affected.

 

In order to compete, Grainger must attract, retain and motivate key employees, and the failure to do so could have an adverse effect on results of operations. In order to compete and have continued growth, Grainger must attract, retain and motivate executives and other key employees, including those in managerial, technical, sales, marketing and support positions. Grainger competes to hire employees, and then must train them and develop their skills and competencies. Grainger’s operating results could be adversely affected by increased costs due to increased competition for employees, higher employee turnover or increased employee benefit costs.

 

Changes in accounting standards, subjective assumptions and estimates used by management related to complex accounting matters could have an adverse effect on results of operations. Generally accepted accounting principles in the United States and related accounting pronouncements, implementation guidance and interpretations with regard to a wide range of matters, such as stock-based compensation, insurance and inventory reserves, income taxes and postretirement healthcare benefits are highly complex and involve many subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by management. Changes in these rules or their interpretations or changes in underlying assumptions, estimates or judgments by management could significantly change reported results.

 

Item 1B: Unresolved Staff Comments

 

None.

 

Item 2: Properties

 

As of December 31, 2007, Grainger’s owned and leased facilities totaled 19,731,000 square feet, an increase of approximately 3% from December 31, 2006. This increase primarily related to the market expansion program. Industrial Supply and Acklands – Grainger accounted for the majority of the total square footage. Industrial Supply facilities are located throughout the United States and Acklands – Grainger facilities are located throughout Canada.

 

Industrial Supply branches range in size from 1,200 to 109,000 square feet and average approximately 21,000 square feet. Most are located in or near major metropolitan areas with many located in industrial parks. Typically, a branch is on one floor, consists primarily of warehouse space, sales areas and offices and has off-the-street parking for customers and employees. Grainger believes that its properties are generally in good condition and well maintained.

 

6

A brief description of significant facilities follows:

Location

 

Facility and Use (6)

 

Size in

Square Feet

(in 000’s)

United States (1)

 

434 Industrial Supply branch locations

 

9,686

United States (2)

 

Nine Distribution Centers

 

5,100

United States (3)

 

Four Lab Safety facilities

 

826

International (4)

 

Other facilities

 

628

Canada (5)

 

164 Acklands – Grainger facilities

 

2,164

Chicago Area

 

Headquarters and General Offices

 

1,327

 

 

Total Square Feet

 

19,731

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Industrial Supply branches consist of 285 owned and 149 leased properties and other properties under construction.

Most leases expire between 2008 and 2017.

(2)

These facilities are all owned.

(3)

Lab Safety facilities consist of general offices and a distribution center which are owned, one leased office facility, one

leased storage facility and one leased distribution center.

(4)

Other facilities include owned and leased locations for Puerto Rico, Mexico and China.

(5)

Acklands – Grainger facilities consist of general offices, distribution centers and branches, of which 55 are owned and

109 leased.

(6)

Owned facilities are not subject to any mortgages.

 

Item 3: Legal Proceedings

 

Grainger has been named, along with numerous other nonaffiliated companies, as a defendant in litigation in various states involving asbestos and/or silica. These lawsuits typically assert claims of personal injury arising from alleged exposure to asbestos and/or silica as a consequence of products purportedly distributed by Grainger. As of January 14, 2008, Grainger is named in cases filed on behalf of approximately 2,800 plaintiffs in which there is an allegation of exposure to asbestos and/or silica.

 

Grainger has denied, or intends to deny, the allegations in all of the above-described lawsuits. In 2007, lawsuits relating to asbestos and/or silica and involving approximately 250 plaintiffs were dismissed with respect to Grainger, typically based on the lack of product identification. If a specific product distributed by Grainger is identified in any of these lawsuits, Grainger would attempt to exercise indemnification remedies against the product manufacturer. In addition, Grainger believes that a substantial number of these claims are covered by insurance. Grainger is engaged in active discussions with its insurance carriers regarding the scope and amount of coverage. While Grainger is unable to predict the outcome of these lawsuits, it believes that the ultimate resolution will not have, either individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on Grainger’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

Grainger is a party to a contract with the United States General Services Administration (the “GSA”) first entered into in 1999 and subsequently extended in 2004. The GSA contract has been the subject of an ongoing audit performed by the GSA’s Office of the Inspector General (the “OIG”) and Grainger has previously responded to subpoenas issued by the OIG in connection with its audit. In December of 2007, Grainger received a letter from the Justice Department’s Commercial Litigation Branch of the Civil Division suggesting that Grainger had not complied with the GSA contract’s disclosure obligations and pricing provisions, and had potentially overcharged government customers under the contract. On January 29, 2008, the Justice Department intervened in a civil “qui tam” action previously filed under seal by a former employee of Grainger in the U. S. District Court for the Eastern District of Wisconsin relating to the GSA contract. The complaint alleges that Grainger failed to comply with the pricing provisions of the GSA contract and that sales made by Grainger pursuant to the contract violated the Buy American Act and Trade Agreement Act. The complaint seeks various remedies including treble damages, statutory penalties and disgorgement of profits. Although Grainger believes that it has complied with the GSA contract in all material respects, it is unable, at this time, to predict the outcome of this matter.

 

In addition to the foregoing, from time to time Grainger is involved in various other legal and administrative proceedings that are incidental to its business, including claims relating to product liability, general negligence, environmental issues, employment, intellectual property and other matters. As a government contractor, from time to time Grainger is also subject to governmental or regulatory inquiries or audits or other proceedings, including those related to pricing compliance and Trade Agreement Act compliance. It is not expected that the ultimate resolution of any of these matters will have, either individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on Grainger’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

Item 4: Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

 

No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of 2007.

7

Executive Officers

Following is information about the Executive Officers of Grainger including age as of February 27, 2008. Executive Officers of Grainger generally serve until the next annual election of officers, or until earlier resignation or removal.

 

Name and Age

Positions and Offices Held and Principal

Occupations and Employment During the Past Five Years

Court D. Carruthers (35)

Senior Vice President, a position assumed in 2007, and President of Acklands -Grainger Inc., a position assumed in 2006. Prior to assuming the last-mentioned position, Mr. Carruthers served as Vice President, National Accounts and Sales of Acklands - Grainger Inc.

 

 

Y. C. Chen (60)

President, Grainger Industrial Supply, a position assumed in 2007. Mr. Chen had previously been the Company’s Group President, a position assumed in 2006 after serving as Senior Vice President, Supply Chain Management, a position assumed in 2003.

 

 

Nancy A. Hobor (61)

Senior Vice President, Communications and Investor Relations, a position assumed in 1999.

 

 

John L. Howard (50)

Senior Vice President and General Counsel, a position assumed in 2000.

 

 

Ronald L. Jadin (47)

Vice President and Controller, a position assumed in 2006 after serving as Vice President, Finance – Grainger Industrial Supply, a position assumed in 2000.

 

 

Richard L. Keyser (65)

Chairman of the Board, a position assumed in 1997, and Chief Executive Officer, a position assumed in 1995.

 

 

Larry J. Loizzo (53)

Senior Vice President of the Company, a position assumed in 2003, and President of Lab Safety Supply, Inc., a position assumed in 1996.

 

 

P. Ogden Loux (65)

Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer, positions assumed in 1997.

 

 

James T. Ryan (49)

President and Chief Operating Officer, a position assumed in 2007. Mr. Ryan had previously been the Company’s President, a position assumed in 2006 after serving as Group President. Before assuming that position in 2004, Mr. Ryan had been Executive Vice President, Marketing, Sales and Service since 2001.

 

PART II

 

Item 5: Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

Market Information and Dividends

Grainger’s common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange and the Chicago Stock Exchange, with the ticker symbol GWW. The high and low sales prices for the common stock and the dividends declared and paid for each calendar quarter during 2007 and 2006 are shown below.

 

 

 

Prices

 

 

 

Quarters

 

High

 

Low

 

Dividends

2007

First

 

$  80.37

 

$   68.77

 

$   0.29

 

Second

 

94.75

 

76.00

 

0.35

 

Third

 

98.60

 

79.38

 

0.35

 

Fourth

 

96.00

 

84.40

 

0.35

 

Year

 

$  98.60

 

$   68.77

 

$   1.34

2006

First

 

$  76.59

 

$   69.30

 

$   0.24

 

Second

 

79.95

 

68.22

 

0.29

 

Third

 

76.21

 

60.60

 

0.29

 

Fourth

 

75.90

 

65.86

 

0.29

 

Year

 

$  79.95

 

$   60.60

 

$   1.11

 

Grainger expects that its practice of paying quarterly dividends on its Common Stock will continue, although the payment of future dividends is at the discretion of Grainger’s Board of Directors and will depend upon Grainger’s earnings, capital requirements, financial condition and other factors.

 

Holders

The approximate number of shareholders of record of Grainger’s common stock as of January 31, 2008, was 1,100 with approximately 39,500 additional shareholders holding stock through nominees.

8

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities – Fourth Quarter

 

Period

Total Number

of Shares

Purchased (A)

Average Price

Paid per

Share (B)

Total Number of Shares

Purchased as Part of

Publicly Announced Plans

or Programs (C)

Maximum Number of

Shares that May Yet Be

Purchased Under the

Plans or Programs

Oct. 1 – Oct. 31

-

-

-

4,683,993 

shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nov. 1 – Nov. 30

-

-

-

4,683,993 

shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dec. 1 – Dec. 31

-

-

-

4,683,993 

shares

Total

-

-

-

 

 

 

(A)

There were no shares withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations in connection with the vesting of employee restricted stock awards.

 

(B)

Average price paid per share includes any commissions paid and includes only those amounts related to purchases as part of publicly announced plans or programs. Activity is reported on a trade date basis.

 

(C)

During the first six months of 2007, purchases were made pursuant to a share repurchase program approved by Grainger’s Board of Directors on October 16, 2006. A total of 4,010,200 shares were acquired under this authorization. Effective August 17, 2007, the Board of Directors granted authority to restore the repurchase program to 10 million shares.

 

On August 20, 2007, Grainger entered into an accelerated share repurchase agreement (ASR) with Goldman, Sachs & Co. (Goldman) to purchase $500 million of its outstanding common stock. Grainger paid Goldman $500 million on August 23, 2007, in exchange for an initial delivery of 5,316,007 shares. The ASR was treated as an equity transaction. At settlement, Grainger was to receive or pay additional shares of its common stock or cash (at Grainger’s option), based upon the volume weighted average price during the term of the agreement. The ASR was completed on January 4, 2008. See Note 22 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion related to the ASR.

 

Company Performance

The following stock price performance graph compares the cumulative total return on an investment in Grainger common stock with the cumulative total return of an investment in each of the S&P 500 Stock Index and the Dow Jones Wilshire 5000 Industrial Supplier Index. It covers the period commencing December 31, 2002, and ending December 31, 2007. The graph assumes that the value for the investment in Grainger common stock and in each index was $100 on December 31, 2002, and that all dividends were reinvested.

 

 

 

December 31,

 

2002

 

2003

 

2004

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

W.W. Grainger, Inc.

$100

 

$  93

 

$133

 

$144

 

$144

 

$183

S&P 500 Stock Index

100

 

129

 

143

 

150

 

173

 

183

Dow Jones Wilshire 5000 Industrial Supplier Index

100

 

113

 

152

 

171

 

177

 

203

 

9

Other

On May 1, 2007, Grainger timely submitted to the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) an Annual CEO Certification, in which Grainger’s Chief Executive Officer certified that he was not aware of any violation by Grainger of the NYSE’s corporate governance listing standards as of the date of the certification.

 

Item 6: Selected Financial Data

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)

Net sales

$ 6,418,014

 

$ 5,883,654

 

$ 5,526,636

 

$ 5,049,785

 

$4,667,014

Net earnings

420,120

 

383,399

 

346,324

 

286,923

 

226,971

Net earnings per basic share

5.10

 

4.36

 

3.87

 

3.18

 

2.50

Net earnings per diluted share

4.94

 

4.24

 

3.78

 

3.13

 

2.46

Total assets

3,094,028

 

3,046,088

 

3,107,921

 

2,809,573

 

2,624,678

Long-term debt 

(less current maturities)

4,895

 

4,895

 

4,895

 

 

4,895

Cash dividends paid per share

$        1.340

 

$        1.110

 

$        0.920

 

$        0.785

 

$       0.735

 

Effective January 1, 2006, Grainger adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment,” for the accounting of employee stock-based compensation using the modified prospective method. The effect of the adoption was an approximately $0.14 earnings per share reduction for 2006. See Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of information related to SFAS No. 123R.

 

The results for 2006 included an effective tax rate, excluding the equity in net income of unconsolidated entities, of 36.7%, compared to 38.5% in 2007. The 2006 rate included tax benefits from the resolution of uncertainties related to the audit of the 2004 tax year and a tax benefit from a reduction of deferred tax liabilities related to property, buildings and equipment. These benefits increased diluted earnings per share by $0.15.

 

The results for 2005 included an effective tax rate, excluding the equity in net income of unconsolidated entities, of 35.2%. The 2005 rate included tax benefits related to a favorable revision to the estimate of income taxes for various state taxing jurisdictions and the resolution of certain federal and state tax contingencies. These benefits increased diluted earnings per share by $0.10.

 

The results for 2004 included an effective tax rate, excluding the equity in net income of unconsolidated entities, of 35.6%, which was down from 40.0% in the prior year. The lower tax rate resulted in an increase of $0.21 per diluted share. The tax rate reduction was primarily due to a lower tax rate in Canada, the realization of tax benefits related to operations in Mexico and to capital losses, the recognition of tax benefits from the “Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003” and the resolution of certain federal and state tax contingencies.

 

For further information see Item 7: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations .”

 

Item 7: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

Overview

General. Grainger is the leading broad-line supplier of facilities maintenance and other related products in North America. Grainger reports its operating results in three segments: Grainger Branch-based, Acklands – Grainger Branch-based (Acklands – Grainger) and Lab Safety Supply, Inc. (Lab Safety). Grainger distributes a wide range of products used by businesses and institutions to keep their facilities and equipment up and running. Grainger uses a multichannel business model to provide customers with a range of options for finding and purchasing products through a network of branches, sales representatives, direct marketing including catalogs, and a variety of electronic and Internet channels. Grainger serves customers through a network of 610 branches, 18 distribution centers and multiple Web sites.

 

Business Environment. Several economic factors and industry trends shape Grainger’s business environment. The current overall economy and leading economic indicators provide insight into anticipated economic factors for the near term and help in forming the development of projections for the upcoming year. Consensus Forecast-USA projected 2008 GDP growth of 1.6% and Industrial Production growth of 1.1% for the United States, a decrease from 2007 estimates of 2.2% and 1.9%, respectively. For Canada, Consensus Forecast-USA projected 2008 GDP growth of 1.8%, below the 2007 estimate of 2.6%.

 

In 2007, Grainger benefited from the economic growth in the United States. Grainger’s sales correlate positively with industrial production growth. With the improvement in Industrial Production and general growth in the economy, Grainger realized an increase in sales across all customer sectors. Grainger’s sales also tend to increase when non-farm payrolls

10

grow, especially during economic recoveries. Non-farm payrolls increased approximately 1% on average in 2007 over 2006. For 2007, Grainger benefited from the combination of increased Industrial Production and non-farm payroll growth.

 

The light and heavy manufacturing customer sectors, which comprised more than 25% of Grainger’s total 2007 sales, have historically correlated with manufacturing employment levels and manufacturing production. Manufacturing employment levels in the United States declined approximately 1% on average in 2007 from 2006, however, manufacturing output increased approximately 2%. This contributed to mid single-digit sales growth in the heavy manufacturing and light manufacturing customer sectors for Grainger in 2007.

 

In 2004, Grainger launched a multiyear initiative in the United States to strengthen its presence in top metropolitan markets and better position itself to serve the local customer. The market expansion program contributed to the sales growth in 2007 and is expected to be a driver of growth in 2008 and beyond. The first phase of the market expansion program was completed in 2005. The second, third and fourth phases of the market expansion program were completed in 2007. Phases five and six were more than 50% complete at December 31, 2007, and are expected to be completed during 2008.

 

In 2006, Grainger launched a multiyear product line expansion program in the United States. Over the past two years, Grainger has added approximately 90,000 new products to supplement Industrial Supply’s plumbing, fastener, material handling and security product lines. The product line expansion program contributed to the sales growth in 2007 and is expected to be a driver of growth in 2008 and beyond. In 2008, Grainger plans to add an additional 50,000 products to further supplement Industrial Supply’s product lines.

 

Customer buying behavior is also important in Grainger’s business environment. Grainger believes that customers will continue to focus on reducing their cost to procure facilities maintenance products. Consequently, during 2006, Grainger increased information available to employees for improved service to customers by installing an upgraded SAP branch operating system as part of an overall conversion to an integrated SAP system in the U.S. branch-based business.

 

Grainger’s financial strength enables it to fund major initiatives and acquisitions and to improve effectiveness. Capital spending in 2007 for the U.S. market expansion program was approximately $88 million, with total capital expenditures of $196 million.

 

For 2008, Grainger anticipates total capital expenditures of $175 million to $200 million. Grainger intends to continue its investment in the market expansion program and information technology enhancements, with spending planned for the following major projects:

 

 

$50 million to $60 million for U.S. market expansion;

 

$25 million to $30 million for supply chain infrastructure;

 

$20 million to $30 million for information technology;

 

$15 million to $25 million for international expansion.

Lease or purchase decisions, based on availability of facilities, may affect the timing and amount of capital expenditures associated with the market expansion program.

 

Matters Affecting Comparability. There were 255 sales days in 2007, compared to 254 sales days in 2006 and 255 sales days in 2005.

 

Grainger’s operating results for 2007 include the operating results of McFeely’s Square Drive Screws (McFeely’s) from the acquisition date of May 31, 2007. The results of the acquisition are included in the Lab Safety segment.

 

Effective January 1, 2006, Grainger adopted SFAS No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment,” for the accounting of employee stock-based compensation using the modified prospective method. The effect of the adoption was an approximately $0.14 earnings per share reduction for 2006. See Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of information related to SFAS No. 123R.

 

During the fourth quarter of 2006, Grainger adopted SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans – an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132R.” As a result of the adoption, Grainger recorded an additional liability of $36.8 million to Accrued employment-related benefit costs offset by $14.3 million of deferred income taxes and a reduction of Accumulated other comprehensive earnings of $22.5 million. See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of information related to SFAS No. 158.

 

Grainger’s operating results for 2006 include the operating results of Rand Materials Handling Equipment Co. (Rand) from the acquisition date of January 31, 2006. Grainger’s operating results for 2006 also include the operating results of Professional Inspection Equipment, Inc. (Professional Equipment) and Construction Book Express, Inc. (Construction Book) from the acquisition date of November 17, 2006. The results of these acquisitions are included in the Lab Safety segment.

 

Grainger’s operating results for 2005 include the operating results of AW Direct from the acquisition date of January 14, 2005. AW Direct’s results are included in the Lab Safety segment.

11

Results of Operations

The following table is included as an aid to understanding changes in Grainger’s Consolidated Statements of Earnings:

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

Items in Consolidated Statements of Earnings

 

 

 

 

 

As a Percent of Net Sales

 

Percent

Increase/(Decrease)

from Prior Year

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

100.0%

 

100.0%

 

100.0%

 

9.1%

 

6.5%

Cost of merchandise sold

59.4   

 

60.0   

 

60.9   

 

8.1   

 

4.9   

Gross profit

40.6   

 

40.0   

 

39.1   

 

10.6   

 

8.9   

Operating expenses

30.1   

 

30.2   

 

29.7   

 

8.8   

 

8.1   

Operating earnings

10.5   

 

9.8   

 

9.4   

 

16.0   

 

11.4   

Other income (expense)

0.2   

 

0.4   

 

0.3   

 

(55.1)  

 

82.3   

Income taxes

4.1   

 

3.7   

 

3.4   

 

19.2   

 

17.9   

Net earnings

6.6%

 

6.5%

 

6.3%

 

9.6%

 

10.7%

 

2007 Compared to 2006

Grainger’s net sales of $6,418.0 million for 2007 increased 9.1% when compared with net sales of $5,883.7 million for 2006. There was one more selling day in 2007 versus 2006. Daily sales were up 8.7%. The increase in net sales was led by sales growth in the upper teens in the government sector, high single-digit sales growth in the commercial sector and mid single-digit sales growth in the manufacturing sector. Approximately 3 percentage points of the sales growth came from Grainger’s ongoing strategic initiatives, market expansion and product line expansion, with another 1 percentage point from foreign exchange. Partially offsetting these sales improvements was a negative 1 percentage point effect from the continued wind-down of low margin integrated supply contracts. Refer to the Segment Analysis below for further detail of Grainger’s ongoing strategic initiatives.

 

The gross profit margin for 2007 improved 0.6 percentage point to 40.6% from 40.0% in 2006. The improvement in the gross profit margin was primarily driven by positive inflation recovery, partially offset by unfavorable selling price category mix.

 

Operating earnings for 2007 totaled $670.7 million, an increase of 16.0% over 2006. This earnings improvement exceeded the sales growth rate due to an improved gross profit margin and operating expenses which grew at a slightly slower rate than sales.

 

Net earnings for 2007 increased by 9.6% to $420.1 million from $383.4 million in 2006. The growth in net earnings for 2007 primarily resulted from the improvement in operating earnings, partially offset by lower interest income, no counterpart to a gain on the sale of Acklands – Grainger’s interest in the USI-AGI Prairies joint venture in 2006, and a higher effective tax rate in 2007. The results for 2006 included tax benefits from the resolution of uncertainties related to the audit of the 2004 tax year and a tax benefit from a reduction of deferred tax liabilities related to property, buildings and equipment. These benefits increased diluted earnings per share by $0.15 in 2006. Diluted earnings per share of $4.94 in 2007 were 16.5% higher than the $4.24 for 2006. This improvement was higher than the percentage increase for net earnings due to the effect of Grainger’s share repurchase program.

 

Segment Analysis

The following comments at the segment level include external and intersegment net sales and operating earnings. Comments at the business unit level include external and inter- and intrasegment net sales and operating earnings. See Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Grainger Branch-based

Net sales were $5,352.5 million for 2007, an increase of $441.7 million, or 9.0%, when compared with net sales of $4,910.8 million for 2006. Daily sales were up 8.6%. Daily sales in the United States were up 8.5%, with growth in all customer end markets, led by sales growth in the upper teens in the government sector and high single-digit sales growth in the commercial sector. Approximately 4 percentage points of the sales growth came from Grainger’s ongoing strategic initiatives, market expansion and product line expansion. The wind-down of Grainger’s low margin integrated supply contracts reduced sales growth by approximately 1 percentage point.

 

In 2004, Grainger launched a multiyear market expansion program to strengthen its presence in top metropolitan markets and better position itself to serve local customers.

12

Market expansion contributed approximately 2 percentage points to the sales growth for the segment. Results for the market expansion program were as follows:

 

 

 

Daily Sales

Increase

2007 vs. 2006

 

Estimated

Percent

Complete

Phase 1 (Atlanta, Denver, Seattle)

 

15%

 

100%

Phase 2 (Four markets in Southern California)

 

6%

 

100%

Phase 3 (Houston, St. Louis, Tampa)

 

13%

 

100%

Phase 4 (Baltimore, Cincinnati, Kansas City, Miami, Philadelphia, Washington, D.C.)

 

10%

 

100%

Phase 5 (Dallas, Detroit, New York, Phoenix)

 

9%

 

75%

Phase 6 (Chicago, Minneapolis, Pittsburgh, San Francisco)

 

9%

 

65%

 

Product line expansion contributed approximately 2 percentage points to the growth in the segment. Over the past two years, Grainger has added approximately 90,000 new products in the plumbing, fastener, material handling and security product lines as part of its ongoing product line expansion initiative.

 

Daily sales in Mexico increased 22.7% in 2007 versus 2006. In local currency, daily sales were up 22.8%, driven primarily by the ongoing branch expansion program and an improved economy.

 

The segment gross profit margin increased 0.4 percentage point in 2007 over 2006, driven primarily by positive inflation recovery, partially offset by unfavorable selling price category mix.

 

Operating expenses in this segment were up 9.0% in 2007. Expenses grew at the same rate as sales with payroll and benefits growing at a slower rate than sales offset by other operating expenses growing faster than sales, primarily due to increased bad debt expense and provisions and higher facility costs related to market expansion.

 

For the segment, operating earnings of $669.4 million for 2007 increased 12.8% over the $593.5 million for 2006. This earnings improvement exceeded the sales growth rate due to an improved gross profit margin.

 

Acklands Grainger Branch-based

Net sales at Acklands – Grainger were $636.5 million for 2007, an increase of $71.4 million, or 12.6%, when compared with $565.1 million for 2006. Daily sales were up 12.2%. In local currency, daily sales increased 5.8% due to a stronger economy. This increase was led by the mining sector with sales growth in the low twenties, high single-digit sales growth in the oil sector and mid single-digit sales growth in the government sector. These increases were partially offset by a mid-teens sales decline in the forestry sector.

 

The gross profit margin increased 2.6 percentage points in 2007 over 2006. The improvement in the gross profit margin was primarily due to positive inflation recovery.

 

Operating expenses were up 6.7% in 2007. Expenses grew at a slower rate than sales due to operating expense leverage, the result of improved cost management and lower severance costs.

 

Operating earnings of $44.2 million for 2007 were up $29.0 million, or 190%. This earnings improvement exceeded the sales growth rate due to an improved gross profit margin and operating expenses that grew at a slower rate than sales.

 

Lab Safety

Net sales at Lab Safety were $434.7 million for 2007, an increase of $23.2 million, or 5.6%, when compared with $411.5 million for 2006. Daily sales were up 5.2%. Sales from the acquisitions made during 2007 and late 2006 contributed 6.1 percentage points to the growth.

 

The gross profit margin decreased 0.5 percentage point in 2007 over 2006. Gross profit margin was down as a result of increased freight costs and unfavorable selling price category mix and product mix, partially offset by positive inflation recovery.

 

Operating expenses were 4.6% higher in 2007 and grew at a slower rate than sales due to cost management efforts.

 

Operating earnings of $54.3 million for 2007 were up 3.8% over 2006. This earnings improvement was less than the sales growth rate primarily due to a lower gross profit margin.

13

Other Income and Expense

Other income and expense was $11.2 million of income in 2007, a decrease of $13.8 million as compared with $25.0 million of income in 2006. The following table summarizes the components of other income and expense:

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

2007

 

2006

 

(In thousands of dollars)

Other   income   and   (expense):

 

 

 

Interest income (expense) – net

$        9,151

 

$      19,570

Equity in net income of unconsolidated entities

2,016

 

2,960

Gain on sale of unconsolidated entity

 

2,291

Unclassified – net

41

 

131

 

$      11,208

 

$      24,952

 

The decrease in interest income was primarily attributable to lower average cash balances due to working capital needs and share repurchases. There was a decrease in equity in net income of unconsolidated entities in 2007 versus 2006 primarily driven by the absence of earnings related to the joint venture that was sold.

 

Income Taxes

Income taxes of $261.7 million in 2007 increased 19.2% as compared with $219.6 million in 2006.

 

Grainger’s effective tax rates were 38.4% and 36.4% in 2007 and 2006, respectively. Excluding the equity in net income of unconsolidated entities, the effective income tax rates were 38.5% for 2007 and 36.7% for 2006.

 

The 2006 tax rate benefited from resolution of uncertainties related to the audit of the 2004 tax year and from a reduction of deferred tax liabilities related to property, buildings and equipment.

 

Excluding the equity in net income of unconsolidated entities and the tax benefits noted above, the effective income tax rate for 2006 was 38.9%.

 

For 2008, Grainger is projecting its estimated effective tax rate to be approximately 39%, excluding the equity in net income of unconsolidated entities.

 

2006 Compared to 2005

Grainger’s net sales for 2006 of $5,883.7 million were up 6.5% versus 2005. There was one less selling day in 2006 versus 2005. Daily sales were up 6.9%. The increase in net sales was led by low double-digit sales growth in the government sector, high single-digit sales growth in the manufacturing sector and mid single-digit sales growth in the commercial sector. Also contributing to the improvement was growth from the U.S. market expansion and product line expansion programs. Partially offsetting these sales improvements was the negative effect of the continued wind-down of low margin contracts with integrated supply and automotive customers.

 

The gross profit margin of 40.0% in 2006 improved 0.9 percentage point over the gross profit margin of 39.1% in 2005, principally due to selling price category mix and the positive effect of product mix, including the global sourcing of products. The major driver of the improvement in the selling price category mix was reduced sales to integrated supply and automotive customers, which carry lower than average gross profit margins.

 

Grainger’s operating earnings of $578.1 million in 2006 increased $59.1 million, or 11.4%, over the prior year. The operating margin of 9.8% in 2006 improved 0.4 percentage point over 2005, as the combined effect of increased sales and improvement in gross profit margin exceeded the increase in operating expenses. Operating expenses were up 8.1% in 2006 principally due to higher payroll and benefits driven by increased stock-based compensation expense due to the adoption of SFAS No. 123R, and increased healthcare and profit sharing costs, partially offset by lower systems implementation costs.

 

In 2006, net earnings of $383.4 million increased $37.1 million, or 10.7%, over the prior year. The growth in net earnings was due to the improvement in operating earnings and higher net interest income, partially offset by an increase in income tax expense. Diluted earnings per share for 2006 of $4.24 were 12.2% higher than the $3.78 for 2005, the result of higher net earnings and fewer shares outstanding.

 

Segment Analysis

The following comments at the segment level include external and intersegment net sales and operating earnings. Comments at the business unit level include external and inter- and intrasegment net sales and operating earnings. See Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

14

Grainger Branch-based

Net sales of $4,910.8 million increased by 5.6% in 2006 compared to net sales of $4,649.2 million in 2005. Daily sales were up 6.0%. Daily sales in the United States were up 6.0%, with growth in all customer end markets, led by low double-digit sales growth in the government sector and high single-digit sales growth in the heavy manufacturing sector. The wind-down of Grainger’s low margin integrated supply and automotive contracts reduced sales growth by approximately 2 percentage points.

 

In 2004, Grainger launched a multiyear market expansion program to strengthen its presence in top metropolitan markets and better position itself to serve local customers. Phases 1 through 4 include sixteen markets. Work on Phases 5 and 6 began during 2006.

 

Market expansion contributed approximately 2 percentage points to the sales growth for the segment. Results for the market expansion program were as follows:

 

 

Daily Sales

Increase

2006 vs. 2005

 

Estimated

Percent

Complete*

Phase 1 (Atlanta, Denver, Seattle)

 

10%

 

100%  

Phase 2 (Four markets in Southern California)

 

12%

 

95%

Phase 3 (Houston, St. Louis, Tampa)

 

13%

 

90%

Phase 4 (Baltimore, Cincinnati, Kansas City, Miami, Philadelphia, Washington, D.C.)

 

8%

 

90%

 

 

*

Phases are reported once they reach 50% completion. Completion occurs when a new branch opens or a branch expansion or remodeling is finished.

 

In 2006, Grainger launched a multiyear product line expansion program in the United States. The 43,000 products added in 2006 contributed approximately 2 percentage points to the growth in the segment.

 

Daily sales in Mexico increased 20.1% in 2006 versus 2005. In local currency, daily sales were up 21.0%, driven by an improving economy, an expanded telesales operation, new branches in Santa Catarina and Chihuahua and an expanded presence in Tijuana.

 

Segment gross profit margin increased 1.1 percentage points in 2006 over the comparable 2005 period, primarily driven by positive inflation recovery and a positive change in selling price category mix. A major driver in the improvement in selling price category mix was the reduction of sales related to low margin integrated supply and automotive contracts.

 

Operating expenses were up 6.4% for 2006. The operating expense growth was primarily driven by higher payroll and benefits costs due to higher stock-based compensation related to the adoption of SFAS No. 123R and higher profit sharing costs, partially offset by lower systems implementation costs.

 

Operating earnings of $593.5 million for 2006 increased 13.6% over the $522.6 million for 2005. The earnings improvement resulted from higher sales and improved gross profit margins, partially offset by operating expenses, which grew at a faster rate than sales.

 

Acklands Grainger Branch-based

Net sales at Acklands – Grainger of $565.1 million increased by 12.6% in 2006 compared to 2005 net sales of $502.0 million, including the effect of a favorable exchange rate. Daily sales were up 13.0%. In local currency, daily sales increased 5.8% due to a stronger economy, improved branch presence, and higher sales to the oil and gas sectors, partially offset by weak sales in the forestry industry.

 

The gross profit margin increased 0.5 percentage point in 2006 over 2005 primarily driven by positive inflation recovery.

 

Operating expenses for Acklands – Grainger were up 14.9% in 2006, primarily driven by payroll and benefits due to increased headcount and higher severance, information technology, advertising and occupancy costs.

 

Operating earnings of $15.2 million in 2006 increased 8.8% from the $14.0 million in 2005 as a result of sales growth and an improved gross profit margin, partially offset by operating expenses, which grew at a faster rate than sales.

 

Lab Safety

Net sales at Lab Safety were $411.5 million for 2006, an increase of $31.4 million, or 8.3%, when compared with $380.1 million for 2005. Daily sales were up 8.7%. The sales growth included the benefit of incremental sales from Rand, acquired on January 31, 2006, and Professional Equipment and Construction Book, acquired on November 17, 2006, as well as sales growth in the manufacturing sector. Rand contributed 4.0 percentage points to the daily sales increase. Professional Equipment and Construction Book contributed 0.6 percentage point to the daily sales increase. Excluding Rand, Professional Equipment and Construction Book, daily sales increased 4.1%.

 

The gross profit margin decreased 0.3 percentage point in 2006 from 2005 primarily as a result of increased freight costs and lower margin Rand product sales, partially offset by positive inflation recovery.

15

Operating expenses of $121.8 million were $12.8 million, or 11.7%, higher in 2006, primarily due to incremental costs associated with the acquisitions, higher advertising costs and increased expenses from the upgrade of the business’ enterprise resource planning system.

 

Operating earnings of $52.3 million for 2006 were down 0.8% compared to 2005, resulting from a lower gross profit margin and higher operating expenses, partially offset by increased sales.

 

Other Income and Expense

Other income and expense was $25.0 million of income in 2006, an improvement of $11.3 million as compared with $13.7 million of income in 2005. The following table summarizes the components of other income and expense:

 

 

For the Years Ended

December 31,

 

2006

 

2005

 

(In thousands of dollars)

Other income and (expense):

 

 

 

Interest income (expense) – net

$      19,570

 

$       11,019 

Equity in net income of unconsolidated entities

2,960

 

2,809 

Gain on sale of unconsolidated entity

2,291

 

– 

Unclassified – net

131

 

(143)

 

$      24,952

 

$       13,685 

 

The increase in interest income in 2006 was the result of higher interest rates and higher average cash balances.

 

Income Taxes

Income taxes of $219.6 million in 2006 increased 17.9% as compared with $186.4 million in 2005.

 

Grainger’s effective tax rates were 36.4% and 35.0% in 2006 and 2005, respectively. Excluding the effect of equity in net income of unconsolidated entities, the effective income tax rates were 36.7% for 2006 and 35.2% for 2005.

 

The 2006 tax rate benefited from resolution of uncertainties related to the audit of the 2004 tax year and from a reduction of deferred tax liabilities related to property, buildings and equipment.

 

The 2005 tax rate included tax benefits related to a favorable revision to the estimate of income taxes for various state and local taxing jurisdictions and the resolution of certain federal and state tax contingencies.

 

Excluding the equity in net income of unconsolidated entities and the tax benefits noted above, the effective income tax rate was 38.9% for 2006 and 37.0% for 2005.

 

Financial Condition

Grainger expects its strong working capital position, cash flows from operations and borrowing capacity to continue, allowing it to fund its operations including growth initiatives, capital expenditures, acquisitions, and repurchase of shares, as well as pay cash dividends.

 

Cash Flow

Net cash flows from operations of $468.9 million in 2007, $436.8 million in 2006 and $432.5 million in 2005 continued to improve Grainger’s financial position and serve as the primary source of funding. Net cash provided by operations increased $32.1 million in 2007 over 2006, driven primarily by increased net earnings. The Change in operating assets and liabilities – net of business acquisitions used cash of $106.4 million in 2007. This use of cash was primarily driven by increases in inventory and trade accounts receivable as well as a decrease in trade accounts payable due to the timing of payments at year-end. The increases in inventory and trade accounts receivable were due to product line expansion and increased sales. These changes were partially offset by an increase in other current liabilities due to higher compensation, benefit and profit sharing accruals, the result of increased headcount and improved Company performance. The increase in net cash flows from operations from 2005 to 2006 was primarily attributable to increased net earnings. The Change in operating assets and liabilities – net of business acquisitions used cash of $97.2 million in 2006. This use of cash was primarily driven by increases in inventory and trade accounts receivable, which were up due to increased sales and an increase in days sales outstanding. These changes were partially offset by an increase in trade accounts payable due to the higher inventory purchases.

 

Net cash flows used in investing activities were $197.0 million, $139.7 million and $163.0 million for 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Capital expenditures for property, buildings, equipment and capitalized software were $197.4 million, $136.8 million and $157.2 million in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Additional information regarding capital spending is detailed in the Capital Expenditures section below. In 2007, Grainger continued to fund the Company’s market expansion initiative ($88 million), purchased McFeely’s ($4.7 million) and purchased its distribution center in China ($6.7 million). In 2006, Grainger also invested $13.9 million to purchase Rand and $20.5 million to purchase

 

16

Professional Equipment and Construction Book, which are part of the Lab Safety segment. The results of operations for the acquisitions have been included in the consolidated financial statements since the respective acquisition dates.

 

Net cash flows used in financing activities for 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $513.9 million, $492.9 million and $154.1 million, respectively. Treasury stock purchases increased $174.5 million in 2007, as Grainger repurchased 7,051,607 shares, compared with 6,950,900 shares in 2006. Treasury stock purchases were 2,404,400 shares in 2005. As of December 31, 2007, approximately 4.7 million shares of common stock remained available under Grainger’s repurchase authorization. Dividends paid to shareholders were $113.1 million in 2007, $97.9 million in 2006 and $82.7 million in 2005. Partially offsetting these cash outlays were proceeds and excess tax benefits realized from stock options exercised of $144.2 million, $77.8 million and $66.0 million for 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

Working Capital

Internally generated funds have been the primary source of working capital and for funds used in business expansion, supplemented by debt as circumstances dictated. In addition, funds were expended for facilities optimization and enhancements to support growth initiatives, as well as for business and systems development and other infrastructure improvements.

 

Working capital was $974.4 million at December 31, 2007, compared with $1,155.8 million at December 31, 2006, and $1,290.2 million at December 31, 2005. At these dates, the ratio of current assets to current liabilities was 2.2, 2.6 and 2.9, respectively. The current ratio and working capital decrease in 2007 was due to the increase in short-term borrowings and a reduction in cash primarily to fund the accelerated share repurchase program. See Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Capital Expenditures

In each of the past three years, a portion of operating cash flow has been used for additions to property, buildings, equipment and capitalized software as summarized in the following table:

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

(In thousands of dollars)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land, buildings, structures and improvements

$    100,380

 

$     67,554

 

$     52,955

Furniture, fixtures, machinery and equipment

87,389

 

62,233

 

59,342

Subtotal

187,769

 

129,787

 

112,297

Capitalized software

8,556

 

8,950

 

44,950

Total

$    196,325

 

$   138,737

 

$   157,247

 

In 2007 and 2006, Grainger’s investments included the market expansion program, which is designed to realign branches in several metropolitan markets, Mexico and China expansion and the normal, recurring replacement of equipment.

 

In 2005, Grainger’s investments included the market expansion program, ongoing SAP initiatives, expenditures related to Canadian branch and systems projects, as well as the normal, recurring replacement of equipment.

 

Capital expenditures are expected to range from $175 million to $200 million in 2008. These projected investments include the completion of the market expansion program in the United States, branch expansion in Mexico, ongoing information technology expenditures, support for the product line expansion program, as well as other general projects including the normal, recurring replacement of equipment. Grainger expects to fund 2008 capital investments from operating cash flows, which Grainger believes will remain strong.

 

Debt

Grainger maintains a debt ratio and liquidity position that provides flexibility in funding working capital needs and long-term cash requirements. In addition to internally generated funds, Grainger has various sources of financing available, including commercial paper sales and bank borrowings under lines of credit. At December 31, 2007, Grainger’s long-term debt rating by Standard & Poor’s was AA+. Grainger’s available lines of credit, as further discussed in Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, were $250.0 million at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005. Total debt as a percent of total capitalization was 5.0%, 0.4% and 0.4% as of the same dates. The increase in total debt as a percent of total capitalization was primarily the result of short-term borrowings used to fund an accelerated share repurchase program. See Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of Grainger’s accelerated share repurchase program.

 

Grainger believes any circumstances that would trigger early payment or acceleration with respect to any outstanding debt securities would not have a material impact on its results of operations or financial position. Certain holders of industrial revenue bonds have various rights to require Grainger to redeem these bonds, thus a portion is classified as Current maturities of long-term debt.

 

17

Commitments and Other Contractual Obligations

At December 31, 2007, Grainger’s contractual obligations, including estimated payments due by period, are as follows:

 

 

Payments Due by Period

 

Total

Amounts

Committed

 

Less than

1 Year

 

1 – 3

Years

 

4 – 5

Years

 

More than

5 Years

 

(In thousands of dollars)

Long-term debt obligations

$          9,485

 

$      4,590

 

$      4,895

 

$             –

 

$                –

Interest on long-term debt

675

 

340

 

335

 

 

Operating lease obligations

200,400

 

38,578

 

58,295

 

40,222

 

63,305

Purchase obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Uncompleted additions

to property, buildings

and equipment

48,287

 

48,287

 

 

 

Commitments to

purchase inventory

228,534

 

228,534

 

 

 

Other purchase obligations

103,463

 

92,819

 

9,789

 

855

 

Other liabilities 

113,784

 

6,747

 

13,866

 

16,352

 

76,819

Total

$      704,628

 

$  419,895

 

$    87,180

 

$    57,429

 

$     140,124

 

Purchase obligations consist primarily of inventory purchases made in the normal course of business to meet operating needs. While purchase orders for both inventory purchases and noninventory purchases are generally cancelable without penalty, certain vendor agreements provide for cancellation fees or penalties depending on the terms of the contract.

 

Payments for Other liabilities represent future benefit payments for postretirement benefit plans and postemployment disability medical benefits as determined by actuarial projections. Other employment-related benefits costs of $33.8 million have not been included in this table as the timing of benefit payments is not statistically predictable. See Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

See also Notes 10 and 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further detail related to long-term debt and operating lease obligations, respectively.

 

In addition, Grainger has recorded a noncurrent liability of $14.7 million for tax uncertainties at December 31, 2007. This amount is excluded from the table above, as Grainger cannot make reliable estimates of these cash flows by period. See Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Grainger does not have any material exposures to off-balance sheet arrangements. Grainger does not have any variable interest entities or activities that include nonexchange-traded contracts accounted for at fair value.

 

Critical Accounting Estimates

The preparation of financial statements, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses in the financial statements. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and other assumptions, which it believes are reasonable. If actual amounts are ultimately different from these estimates, the revisions are included in Grainger’s results of operations for the period in which the actual amounts become known.

 

Accounting policies are considered critical when they require management to make assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time the estimate is made and when different estimates than those management reasonably could have made have a material impact on the presentation of Grainger’s financial condition, changes in financial condition or results of operations.

 

Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements describes the significant accounting policies used in the preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements. The most significant areas involving management judgments and estimates follow. Actual results in these areas could differ materially from management’s estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts . Grainger uses several factors to estimate the allowance for uncollectible accounts receivable including the age of the receivables and the historical ratio of actual write-offs to the age of the receivables. The analyses performed also take into consideration economic conditions that may have an impact on a specific industry, group of customers or a specific customer.

18

Write-offs could be materially different than the reserves provided if economic conditions change or actual results deviate from historical trends.

 

Inventory Reserves. Grainger establishes inventory reserves for shrinkage and excess and obsolete inventory. Provisions for inventory shrinkage are based on historical experience to account for unmeasured usage or loss. Actual inventory shrinkage could be materially different from these estimates, affecting Grainger’s inventory values and cost of merchandise sold.

 

Grainger regularly reviews inventory to evaluate continued demand and identify any obsolete or excess quantities of inventory. Grainger records provisions for the difference between excess and obsolete inventory and its estimated realizable value. Estimated realizable value is based on anticipated future product demand, market conditions and liquidation values. Actual results differing from these projections could have a material effect on Grainger’s results of operations.

 

Stock Incentive Plans. Grainger maintains stock incentive plans under which a variety of incentive grants may be awarded to employees and directors. Grainger uses a binomial lattice option pricing model to estimate the value of stock option grants. The model requires projections of the risk-free interest rate, expected life, volatility, expected dividend yield and forfeiture rate of the stock option grants. The fair value of options granted in 2007 and 2006 used the following assumptions:

 

 

 

Year Ended

December 31, 2007

 

Year Ended

December 31, 2006

Risk-free interest rate

 

4.6%

 

4.9%

Expected life

 

6 years

 

6 years

Expected volatility

 

24.3%

 

23.9%

Expected dividend yield

 

1.7%

 

1.5%

 

The risk-free interest rate is selected based on yields from U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term approximately equal to the expected term of the options being valued. The expected life selected for options granted during each year presented represents the period of time that the options are expected to be outstanding based on historical data of option holders exercise and termination behavior. Expected volatility is based upon implied and historical volatility of the closing price of Grainger’s stock over a period equal to the expected life of each option grant. The dividend yield assumption is based on history and expectation of dividend payouts. Because stock option compensation expense is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for estimated forfeitures, using historical forfeiture experience.

 

The amount of stock option compensation expense is significantly affected by the valuation model and these assumptions. If a different valuation model or different assumptions were used, the stock option compensation expense could be significantly different from what is recorded in the current period.

 

Compensation expense for other stock-based awards is based upon the closing market price on the last trading date preceding the date of the grant.

 

For additional information concerning stock incentive plans, see Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Postretirement Healthcare Benefits . Postretirement healthcare obligations and net periodic costs are dependent on assumptions and estimates used in calculating such amounts. The assumptions used include, among others, discount rates, assumed rates of return on plan assets and healthcare cost trend rates. Changes in assumptions (caused by conditions in equity markets or plan experience, for example) could have a material effect on Grainger’s postretirement benefit obligations and expense, and could affect its results of operations and financial condition. These changes in assumptions may also affect voluntary decisions to make additional contributions to the trust established for funding the postretirement benefit obligation.

 

The discount rate assumptions used by management reflect the rates available on high-quality fixed income debt instruments as of December 31, the measurement date, of each year. A lower discount rate increases the present value of benefit obligations and net periodic postretirement benefit costs. As of December 31, 2007, Grainger increased the discount rate used in the calculation of its postretirement plan obligation from 5.9% to 6.5% to reflect the increase in market interest rates. Grainger estimates that the increase in the expected discount rate will increase 2008 pretax earnings by approximately $2.4 million, although other changes in assumptions may increase, decrease or eliminate this effect.

 

Grainger considers the long-term historical actual return on plan assets and the historical performance of the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index in developing its expected long-term return on plan assets. In 2007, Grainger maintained the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets of 6.0% (net of tax at 40%) based on the historical average of long-term rates of return.

19

A 1 percentage point change in assumed healthcare cost trend rates would have the following effects on December 31, 2007 results:

 

1 Percentage Point

 

Increase

 

(Decrease)

 

(In thousands of dollars)

Effect on total of service and interest cost

$       4,652

 

$    (3,597)

Effect on accumulated postretirement benefit obligation

29,094

 

(23,181)

 

Grainger may terminate or modify the postretirement plan at any time, subject to the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA) and the Internal Revenue Code, as amended. In the event the postretirement plan is terminated, all assets of the Group Benefit Trust inure to the benefit of the participants. The foregoing assumptions are based on the presumption that the postretirement plan will continue. Were the postretirement plan to terminate, different actuarial assumptions and other factors might be applicable.

 

Grainger has used its best judgment in making assumptions and estimates and believes such assumptions and estimates used are appropriate. Changes to the assumptions may be required in future years as a result of actual experience or new trends and, therefore, may affect Grainger’s retirement plan obligations and future expense.

 

For additional information concerning postretirement healthcare benefits, see Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Insurance Reserves. Grainger retains a significant portion of the risk of certain losses related to workers’ compensation, general liability and property losses through the utilization of deductibles and self-insured retentions. There are also certain other risk areas for which Grainger does not maintain insurance.

 

Grainger is responsible for establishing policies on insurance reserves. Although it relies on outside parties to project future claims costs, it retains control over actuarial assumptions, including loss development factors and claim payment patterns. Grainger performs ongoing reviews of its insured and uninsured risks, which it uses to establish the appropriate reserve levels.

 

The use of assumptions in the analysis leads to fluctuations in required reserves over time. Any change in the required reserve balance is reflected in the current period’s results of operations.

 

Income Taxes. Grainger recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The tax balances and income tax expense recognized by Grainger are based on management’s interpretations of the tax laws of multiple jurisdictions. Income tax expense reflects Grainger’s best estimates and assumptions regarding, among other items, the level of future taxable income, interpretation of tax laws and tax planning opportunities. Future rulings by tax authorities and future changes in tax laws and their interpretation, changes in projected levels of taxable income and future tax planning strategies could impact the actual effective tax rate and tax balances recorded by Grainger.

 

Other. Other significant accounting policies, not involving the same level of measurement uncertainties as those discussed above, are nevertheless important to an understanding of the financial statements. Policies such as revenue recognition, depreciation, intangibles, long-lived assets and warranties require judgments on complex matters that are often subject to multiple external sources of authoritative guidance such as the Financial Accounting Standards Board and the Securities and Exchange Commission. Possible changes in estimates or assumptions associated with these policies are not expected to have a material effect on the financial condition or results of operations of Grainger. More information on these additional accounting policies can be found in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

New Accounting Standards

The following new accounting standards exclude those pronouncements that are unlikely to have an effect on Grainger upon adoption.

 

In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (FIN 48). FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in a company’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. It also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. Grainger adopted FIN 48 on January 1, 2007, and the adoption did not have a material effect on its results of operations or financial position. See Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of FIN 48.

 

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (SFAS No. 157). SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with generally accepted accounting

20

principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The provisions of SFAS No. 157 are effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. Grainger does not expect adoption of SFAS No. 157 to have a material effect on its results of operations or financial position.

 

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities” (SFAS No. 159). SFAS No. 159 provides companies with an option to report selected financial assets and liabilities at fair value. It also establishes presentation and disclosure requirements to facilitate comparisons between companies using different measurement attributes for similar types of assets and liabilities. The statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. Grainger does not expect adoption of SFAS No. 159 to have a material effect on its results of operations or financial position.

 

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), "Business Combinations" (SFAS No. 141R). SFAS No. 141R establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree and the goodwill acquired. SFAS No. 141R also establishes disclosure requirements to enable the evaluation of the nature and financial effects of the business combination. The statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and will be applied to acquisitions after adoption by Grainger.

 

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, "Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements – an amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51" (SFAS No. 160). SFAS No. 160 establishes accounting and reporting standards for ownership interests in subsidiaries held by parties other than the parent, the amount of consolidated net earnings attributable to the parent and to the noncontrolling interest, changes in a parent's ownership interest and the valuation of retained noncontrolling equity investments when a subsidiary is deconsolidated. SFAS No.160 also establishes disclosure requirements that clearly identify and distinguish between the interests of the parent and the interests of the noncontrolling owners. The statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. Grainger is currently evaluating the impact that adoption of SFAS No. 160 may have on its results of operations or financial position.

 

See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of new accounting standards.

 

Inflation and Changing Prices

Inflation during the last three years has not had a significant effect on operations. The predominant use of the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method of accounting for inventories and accelerated depreciation methods for financial reporting and income tax purposes result in a substantial recognition of the effects of inflation in the financial statements.

 

The major impact of inflation is on buildings and improvements, where the gap between historic cost and replacement cost accumulates for these long-lived assets. The related depreciation expense associated with these assets would likely increase if adjustments were to be made for the cumulative effect of inflation.

 

Grainger believes the most positive means to combat inflation and advance the interests of investors lies in the continued application of basic business principles, which include improving productivity, increasing working capital turnover and offering products and services which can command appropriate prices in the marketplace.

 

Forward-Looking Statements

This Form 10-K contains statements that are not historical in nature but concern future results and business plans, strategies and objectives and other matters that may be deemed to be “forward-looking statements” under the federal securities laws. Grainger has generally identified such forward-looking statements by using words such as “believe, expect, anticipate, continue, estimate, intend, planned, predict, projection, potential, scheduled, assumption, presumption, may, might, would, could, and will” or similar expressions.

 

Grainger cannot guarantee that any forward-looking statement will be realized although Grainger does believe that its assumptions underlying its forward-looking statements are reasonable. Achievement of future results is subject to risks and uncertainties which could cause Grainger’s results to differ materially from those which are presented.

 

Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those presented or implied in a forward-looking statement include, without limitation: higher product costs or other expenses; a major loss of customers; increased competitive pricing pressures; failure to develop or implement new technologies or business strategies; the outcome of pending and future litigation or governmental or regulatory proceedings; changes in laws and regulations; disruption of information technology or data security systems; general industry or market conditions; general economic conditions; labor shortages; facilities disruptions or shutdowns; higher fuel costs or disruptions in transportation services; natural and other catastrophes; unanticipated weather conditions; and the factors identified in Item 1A, Risk Factors.

 

Caution should be taken not to place undue reliance on Grainger’s forward-looking statements and Grainger undertakes no obligation to publicly update the forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

 

21

Item 7A: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

Grainger is exposed to foreign currency exchange risk related to its transactions, assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. For 2007, a uniform 10% strengthening of the U.S. dollar relative to foreign currencies that affect Grainger and its joint ventures would have resulted in a $2.1 million decrease in net earnings. Comparatively, in 2006 a uniform 10% strengthening of the U.S. dollar relative to foreign currencies that affect Grainger and its joint ventures would have resulted in a $1.0 million decrease in net earnings. A uniform 10% weakening of the U.S. dollar would have resulted in a $2.6 million increase in net earnings for 2007, as compared with an increase in net earnings of $1.2 million for 2006. This sensitivity analysis of the effects of changes in foreign currency exchange rates does not factor in potential changes in sales levels or local currency prices or costs. Grainger does not hold derivatives for trading purposes.

 

Grainger is also exposed to interest rate risk in its debt portfolio. During 2007 and 2006, all of its long-term debt was variable rate debt. A 1 percentage point increase in interest rates paid by Grainger would have resulted in a decrease to net earnings of approximately $0.3 million for 2007 and $0.1 million for 2006. A 1 percentage point decrease in interest rates would have resulted in an increase to net earnings of approximately $0.3 million for 2007 and $0.1 million for 2006. This sensitivity analysis of the effects of changes in interest rates on long-term debt does not factor in potential changes in long-term debt levels.

 

Grainger has limited primary exposure to commodity price risk since it purchases its goods for resale and does not purchase commodities directly.

 

Item 8: Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

The financial statements and supplementary data are included on pages 27 to 64. See the Index to Financial Statements and Supplementary Data on page 26.

 

Item 9: Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

None.

 

Item 9A: Controls and Procedures

 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

Grainger carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of its management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of Grainger’s disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-15. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer concluded that Grainger’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.

 

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

(A)

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

Management’s report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is included on page 27 of this Report under the heading Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.

 

(B)

Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The report from Ernst & Young LLP on its audit of the effectiveness of Grainger’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, is included on page 28 of this Report under the heading Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

 

(C)

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

There have been no changes in Grainger’s internal control over financial reporting during the last fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, Grainger’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 9B: Other Information

 

None.

 

22

PART III

 

Item 10: Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to Grainger’s proxy statement relating to the annual meeting of shareholders to be held April 30, 2008, under the captions “Election of Directors,” “Board of Directors and Board Committees” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.” Information required by this item regarding executive officers of Grainger is set forth in Part I of this report under the caption “Executive Officers.”

 

Grainger has adopted a code of ethics that applies to the principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. This code of ethics is incorporated into Grainger’s business conduct guidelines for directors, officers and employees. Grainger intends to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K relating to its code of ethics by posting such information at grainger.com/investor. A copy of the business conduct guidelines is also on its Web site and is available in print without charge to any person upon request to Grainger’s Corporate Secretary. Grainger has also adopted Operating Principles for the Board of Directors, which are available on its Web site and are available in print to any person who requests them.

 

Item 11: Executive Compensation

 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to Grainger’s proxy statement relating to the annual meeting of shareholders to be held April 30, 2008, under the captions “Board of Directors and Board Committees,” “Director Compensation,” “Report of the Compensation Committee of the Board” and “Compensation Discussion and Analysis.”

 

Item 12: Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to Grainger’s proxy statement relating to the annual meeting of shareholders to be held April 30, 2008, under the captions “Ownership of Grainger Stock” and “Equity Compensation Plans.”

 

Item 13: Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to Grainger’s proxy statement relating to the annual meeting of shareholders to be held April 30, 2008, under the captions "Election of Directors" and "Transactions with Related Persons."

 

Item 14: Principal Accounting Fees and Services

 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to Grainger’s proxy statement relating to the annual meeting of shareholders to be held April 30, 2008, under the caption “Audit Fees and Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures.”

 

PART IV

 

Item 15: Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a)

1.

Financial Statements. See Index to Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

 

2.

Financial Statement Schedules. The schedules listed in Reg. 210.5-04 have been omitted because they are either not applicable or the required information is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

 

3.

Exhibits

 

 

 

 

(3)

(a)

Restated Articles of Incorporation, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(i) to Grainger’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1998.

 

 

 

(b)

Bylaws, as amended February 21, 2007, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(b) to Grainger's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006.

 

 

(4)

Instruments Defining the Rights of Security Holders, Including Indentures

 

 

 

(a)

Agreement dated as of April 28, 1999, between Grainger and Fleet National Bank (formerly Bank Boston, NA), as rights agent, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to Grainger’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 28, 1999, and related letter concerning the appointment of EquiServe Trust Company, N.A. (now Computershare Trust Company, N.A.), as successor rights agent, effective August 1, 2002, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to Grainger’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2002.

 

 

 

(b)

No instruments which define the rights of holders of Grainger’s Industrial Development Revenue Bonds are filed herewith, pursuant to the exemption contained in Regulation S-K, Item 601(b)(4)(iii). Grainger hereby agrees to furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission, upon request, a copy of any such instrument.

 

23

 

 

 

(10)

Material Contracts

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

Accelerated share repurchase agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to Grainger's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007.

 

 

 

(b)

Compensatory Plans or Arrangements

 

 

 

 

(i)

Director Stock Plan, as amended, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(c) to Grainger’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006. 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Office of the Chairman Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Appendix B of Grainger’s Proxy Statement dated March 26, 1997.

 

 

 

 

(iii)

1990 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to Grainger’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006.

 

 

 

 

(iv)

2001 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(b) to Grainger’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006.

 

 

 

 

(v)

Executive Death Benefit Plan, as amended.

 

 

 

 

(vi)

Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e) to Grainger’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1989.

 

 

 

 

(vii)

1985 Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d)(vii) to Grainger’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998.

 

 

 

 

(viii)

Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan, as amended, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(viii) to Grainger’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

 

 

 

(ix)

Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan II, as amended.

 

 

 

 

(x)

Form of Change in Control Employment Agreement between Grainger and certain of its executive officers, as amended.

 

 

 

 

(xi)

Voluntary Salary and Incentive Deferral Plan, as amended.

 

 

 

 

(xii)

Summary Description of Directors Compensation Program effective January 1, 2005, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(xv) to Grainger’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004.

 

 

 

 

(xiii)

Summary Description of Directors Compensation Program effective April 30, 2008, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to Grainger's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007.

 

 

 

 

(xiv)

2005 Incentive Plan, as amended, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d) to Grainger's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006.

 

 

 

 

(xv)

Form of Stock Option Award Agreement between Grainger and certain of its executive officers, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(xiv) to Grainger's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005.

 

 

 

 

(xvi)

Form of Stock Option and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement between Grainger and certain of its executive officers, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(xv) to Grainger's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005.

 

 

 

 

(xvii)

Form of Performance Share Award Agreement between Grainger and certain of its executive officers, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(xvi) to Grainger's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005.

 

 

 

 

(xviii)

Summary Description of 2008 Management Incentive Program.

 

 

(21)

Subsidiaries of Grainger.

 

 

 

(23)

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

 

 

(31)

Rule 13a – 14(a)/15d – 14(a) Certifications

 

 

 

 

(a)

Chief Executive Officer certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

(b)

Chief Financial Officer certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

(32)

Section 1350 Certifications

 

 

 

 

(a)

Chief Executive Officer certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

(b)

Chief Financial Officer certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

24

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Grainger has duly issued this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

DATE: February 27, 2008

W.W. GRAINGER, INC.

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard   L.   Keyser

 

Richard L. Keyser

Chairman of the Board 

and Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of Grainger on February 27, 2008, in the capacities indicated.

 

 

 

 

/s/ Richard   L.   Keyser

 

/s/ Stuart L. Levenick

Richard L. Keyser

 

Stuart L. Levenick

Chairman of the Board

 

Director

and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

(Principal Executive Officer and Director)

 

/s/ John W. McCarter, Jr.

 

 

John W. McCarter, Jr.

/s/ P. Ogden Loux

 

Director

P. Ogden Loux

 

 

Senior Vice President, Finance

 

/s/ Neil S. Novich

and Chief Financial Officer

 

Neil S. Novich

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

Director

 

 

 

/s/ Ronald L. Jadin

 

/s/ Michael J. Roberts

Ronald L. Jadin

 

Michael J. Roberts

Vice President and Controller

 

Director

(Principal Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Brian P. Anderson

 

/s/ Gary L. Rogers

Brian P. Anderson

 

Gary L. Rogers

Director

 

Director

 

 

 

/s/ Wilbur H. Gantz

 

/s/ James T. Ryan

Wilbur H. Gantz

 

James T. Ryan

Director

 

Director

 

 

 

/s/ V. Ann Hailey

 

/s/ James D. Slavik

V. Ann Hailey

 

James D. Slavik

Director

 

Director

 

 

 

/s/ William K. Hall

 

/s/ Harold B. Smith

William K. Hall

 

Harold B. Smith

Director

 

Director

 

 

 

 

25

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

 

 

 

Page(s)

 

MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

27

 

REPORTS OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

28-29

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS

30

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE EARNINGS

31

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

32-33

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

34-35

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

36-37

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

38-63

 

EXHIBIT 23 – CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

64

 

 

26

 

MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL

OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

 

The management of W.W. Grainger, Inc. (Grainger) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Grainger’s internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to Grainger’s management and Board of Directors regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements under all potential conditions. Therefore, effective internal control over financial reporting provides only reasonable, and not absolute, assurance with respect to the preparation and presentation of financial statements.

 

Grainger’s management assessed the effectiveness of Grainger’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on the framework set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control – Integrated Framework. Based on its assessment under that framework and the criteria established therein, Grainger’s management concluded that Grainger’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2007.

 

Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited management’s effectiveness of Grainger’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, as stated in their report which is included herein.

 

27

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

W.W. Grainger, Inc.

 

We have audited W.W. Grainger, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). W.W Grainger, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, W.W. Grainger, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on the COSO criteria.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of W.W. Grainger, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive earnings, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007 of W.W. Grainger, Inc., and our report dated February 25, 2008, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

Chicago, Illinois

February 25, 2008

 

28

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

W.W. Grainger, Inc.

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of W.W Grainger, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive earnings, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of W.W. Grainger, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

As described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2007, the Company changed its method of accounting for uncertain tax positions to conform with FIN 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes.”

 

As described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2006, the Company changed its method of accounting for share-based payments to conform with FASB Statement No. 123(R).

 

As described in Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements, effective December 31, 2006, the Company changed its method of accounting for other postretirement plans to conform with FASB Statement No. 158.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), W.W. Grainger, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 25, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

Chicago, Illinois

February 25, 2008

 

29

W.W. Grainger, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS

(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)

 

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$       6,418,014 

 

$       5,883,654 

 

$     5,526,636 

Cost of merchandise sold

 

3,814,391 

 

3,529,504 

 

3,365,095 

Gross profit

 

2,603,623 

 

2,354,150 

 

2,161,541 

Warehousing, marketing and administrative expenses

 

1,932,970 

 

1,776,079 

 

1,642,552 

Operating earnings

 

670,653 

 

578,071 

 

518,989 

Other income and (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

12,125 

 

21,496 

 

12,882 

Interest expense

 

(2,974)

 

(1,926)

 

(1,863)

Equity in net income of unconsolidated entities

 

2,016 

 

2,960 

 

2,809 

Gain on sale of unconsolidated entity

 

– 

 

2,291 

 

– 

Unclassified – net

 

41 

 

131 

 

(143)

Total other income and (expense)

 

11,208 

 

24,952 

 

13,685 

Earnings before income taxes

 

681,861 

 

603,023 

 

532,674 

Income taxes

 

261,741 

 

219,624 

 

186,350 

Net earnings

 

$          420,120 

 

$          383,399 

 

$        346,324 

Earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$                5.10 

 

$                4.36 

 

$              3.87 

Diluted

 

$                4.94 

 

$                4.24 

 

$              3.78 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

82,403,958 

 

87,838,723 

 

89,568,746 

Diluted

 

85,044,963 

 

90,523,774 

 

91,588,295 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

30

W.W. Grainger, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE EARNINGS

(In thousands of dollars)

 

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

Net earnings

 

$  420,120 

 

$  383,399 

 

$  346,324 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive earnings (losses):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments,

net of tax (expense) benefit of $(9,279),

$147 and $(1,642), respectively

 

53,545 

 

(1,181)

 

9,383 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Defined postretirement benefit plan:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prior service credit arising during period

 

9,433 

 

– 

– 

Amortization of prior service credit

 

(437)

 

– 

– 

Amortization of transition asset

 

(143)

 

– 

– 

Net gain arising during period

 

11,620 

 

– 

– 

Amortization of net loss

 

2,094 

 

– 

– 

Income tax expense

 

(8,756)

 

– 

– 

 

 

13,811 

 

– 

– 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain (loss) on other employment-related benefit plans,

net of tax (expense) benefit of $(878), $(21) and

$226, respectively

 

1,384 

 

33 

(353)

 

 

68,740 

 

(1,148)

9,030 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive earnings, net of tax

 

$  488,860 

 

$  382,251 

 

$  355,354 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

31

W.W. Grainger, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)

 

 

 

As of December 31,

ASSETS

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$      113,437 

 

$      348,471 

 

$     544,894 

Marketable securities at cost,

which approximates market value

 

20,074 

 

12,827 

 

– 

Accounts receivable (less allowances for

doubtful accounts of $25,830, $18,801

and $18,401, respectively)

 

602,650 

 

566,607 

 

518,625 

Inventories

 

946,327 

 

827,254 

 

791,212 

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

61,666 

 

58,804 

 

54,334 

Deferred income taxes

 

56,663 

 

48,123 

 

76,474 

Total current assets

 

1,800,817 

 

1,862,086 

 

1,985,539 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PROPERTY, BUILDINGS AND EQUIPMENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

 

178,321 

 

167,218 

 

162,123 

Buildings, structures and improvements

 

977,837 

 

890,380 

 

841,031 

Furniture, fixtures, machinery and equipment

 

848,118 

 

769,506 

 

716,497 

 

 

2,004,276 

 

1,827,104 

 

1,719,651 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

1,125,931 

 

1,034,169 

 

949,026 

Property, buildings and equipment – net

 

878,345 

 

792,935 

 

770,625 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DEFERRED INCOME TAXES

 

54,658 

 

48,793 

 

16,702 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INVESTMENTS IN UNCONSOLIDATED ENTITIES

 

14,759 

 

8,492 

 

25,155 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GOODWILL

 

233,028 

 

210,671 

 

182,726 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER ASSETS AND INTANGIBLES – NET

 

112,421 

 

123,111 

 

127,174 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$   3,094,028 

 

$   3,046,088 

 

$  3,107,921 

 

32

W.W. Grainger, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS – CONTINUED

(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)

 

 

 

As of December 31,

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term debt

 

$        102,060 

 

$                – 

 

$               – 

Current maturities of long-term debt

 

4,590 

 

4,590 

 

4,590 

Trade accounts payable

 

297,929 

 

334,820 

 

319,254 

Accrued compensation and benefits

 

182,275 

 

140,141 

 

152,543 

Accrued contributions to employees’

profit sharing plans

 

126,483 

 

113,014 

 

90,478 

Accrued expenses

 

102,607 

 

106,681 

 

103,932 

Income taxes

 

10,459 

 

7,077 

 

24,554 

Total current liabilities

 

826,403 

 

706,323 

 

695,351 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LONG-TERM DEBT (less current maturities)

 

4,895 

 

4,895 

 

4,895 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DEFERRED INCOME TAXES AND TAX UNCERTAINTIES

 

20,727 

 

6,235 

 

7,019 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ACCRUED EMPLOYMENT-RELATED BENEFITS COSTS

 

143,895 

 

151,020 

 

111,680 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative Preferred Stock – 

$5 par value – 12,000,000 shares authorized;

none issued nor outstanding

 

– 

 

– 

 

– 

Common Stock – $0.50 par value – 

300,000,000 shares authorized;

issued, 109,659,219, 109,657,938 and

109,667,938 shares, respectively

 

54,830 

 

54,829 

 

54,834 

Additional contributed capital

 

475,350 

 

478,454 

 

451,578 

Retained earnings

 

3,316,875 

 

3,007,606 

 

2,722,103 

Unearned restricted stock compensation

 

– 

 

– 

 

(17,280)

Accumulated other comprehensive earnings

 

72,171 

 

3,431 

 

27,082 

Treasury stock, at cost – 

30,199,804, 25,590,311 and 

19,952,297 shares, respectively

 

(1,821,118)

 

(1,366,705)

 

(949,341)

Total shareholders’ equity

 

2,098,108 

 

2,177,615 

 

2,288,976 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

$     3,094,028 

 

$   3,046,088 

 

$  3,107,921 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

33

W.W. Grainger, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands of dollars)

 

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net earnings

 

$       420,120 

 

$       383,399 

 

$       346,324 

Provision for losses on accounts receivable

 

15,436 

 

6,057 

 

1,326 

Deferred income taxes and tax uncertainties

 

(18,632)

 

9,858 

 

23,663 

Depreciation and amortization:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, buildings and equipment

 

106,839 

 

100,975 

 

98,087 

Capitalized software and other intangibles

 

25,160 

 

17,593 

 

10,695 

Stock-based compensation

 

35,551 

 

33,741 

 

9,015 

Tax benefit of stock incentive plans

 

3,193 

 

1,563 

 

11,962 

Net gains on sales of property, 

buildings and equipment

 

(7,254)

 

(11,035)

 

(7,337)

Income from unconsolidated entities

 

(2,016)

 

(2,960)

 

(2,809)

Gain on sale of unconsolidated entity

 

– 

 

(2,291)

 

– 

Change in operating assets and liabilities – 

net of business acquisitions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable

 

(41,814)

 

(53,056)

 

(36,378)

(Increase) decrease in inventories

 

(97,234)

 

(33,839)

 

(84,031)

(Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses

 

(2,342)

 

(3,918)

 

(6,251)

Increase (decrease) in trade accounts payable

 

(39,436)

 

10,888 

 

27,121 

Increase (decrease) in other current liabilities

 

54,457 

(2,558)

43,056 

Increase (decrease) in current income 

taxes payable

 

2,304 

 

(17,395)

 

(10,632)

Increase (decrease) in accrued 

employment-related benefits costs

 

17,705 

 

2,634 

 

10,012 

Other – net

 

(3,162)

 

(2,903)

 

(1,280)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

468,875 

 

436,753 

 

432,543 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additions to property, buildings and equipment

 

(188,867)

 

(127,814)

 

(112,297)

Proceeds from sales of property, 

buildings and equipment – net

 

12,084 

 

17,314 

 

15,037 

Additions to capitalized software

 

(8,556)

 

(8,950)

 

(44,950)

Proceeds from sale of marketable securities

 

12,765 

 

– 

 

– 

Purchase of marketable securities

 

(17,079)

 

(13,187)

 

– 

Proceeds from sale of unconsolidated entity 

 

– 

 

27,843 

 

– 

Net cash paid for business acquisitions

 

(4,698)

 

(34,390)

 

(24,817)

(Investments in) and loan repayment 

from unconsolidated entities 

 

(2,138)

 

(3,988)

 

4,088 

Other – net

 

(468)

 

3,426 

 

(46)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(196,957)

 

(139,746)

 

(162,985)

 

34

W.W. Grainger, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS – CONTINUED

(In thousands of dollars)

 

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase in commercial paper

 

$         95,947 

 

$                  – 

 

$                  – 

Borrowings under line of credit

 

14,107 

 

– 

 

– 

Payments against line of credit

 

(7,751)

 

– 

 

– 

Stock options exercised

 

113,500 

 

64,437 

 

65,997 

Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation

 

30,696 

 

13,373 

 

– 

Purchase of treasury stock

 

(647,293)

 

(472,787)

 

(137,473)

Cash dividends paid

 

(113,093)

 

(97,896)

 

(82,663)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

(513,887)

 

(492,873)

 

(154,139)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exchange rate effect on cash and cash equivalents

 

6,935 

 

(557)

 

229 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET (DECREASE) INCREASE 

IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

(235,034)

 

(196,423)

 

115,648 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

348,471 

 

544,894 

 

429,246 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

$       113,437 

 

$       348,471 

 

$       544,894 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash payments for interest 

(net of amounts capitalized)

 

$           4,409 

 

$           1,413 

 

$           1,791 

Cash payments for income taxes

 

244,541 

 

212,350 

 

162,030 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noncash investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of noncash assets 

acquired in business acquisitions

 

$           5,039 

 

$         38,430 

 

$         26,811 

Liabilities assumed in business acquisitions

 

(341)

 

(4,040)

 

(1,994)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

35

W.W. Grainger, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)

 

 

Common

Stock

Additional

Contributed

Capital

Retained

Earnings

Unearned

Restricted

Stock

Compensation

Accumulated

Other

Comprehensive

Earnings (Losses)

Treasury

Stock

Balance at January 1, 2005

$          54,836 

$        432,171 

$     2,458,442 

$            (14,463)

$                 18,052 

$       (881,068)

Exercise of stock options

– 

(3,882)

– 

– 

– 

69,879 

Tax benefits on stock-based

compensation awards

– 

11,962 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Issuance of other stock-based 

compensation awards

– 

12,932 

– 

(12,932)

– 

– 

Remeasurement of stock options

and other stock-based

compensation awards

– 

303 

– 

(208)

– 

– 

Cancellation of other stock-based

compensation awards

(2)

(1,401)

– 

1,403 

– 

– 

Amortization of unearned

compensation on other stock-

based compensation awards

– 

– 

– 

8,920 

– 

– 

Vesting of restricted stock 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(994)

Settlement of other stock-based 

compensation awards

– 

(507)

– 

– 

– 

315 

Purchase of 2,372,300 shares

of treasury stock

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(137,473)

Other comprehensive earnings 

– 

– 

– 

– 

9,030 

– 

Net earnings

– 

– 

346,324 

– 

– 

– 

Cash dividends paid 

($0.920 per share)

– 

– 

(82,663)

– 

– 

– 

Balance at December 31, 2005

$          54,834 

$        451,578 

$     2,722,103 

$            (17,280)

$                 27,082 

$       (949,341)

Exercise of stock options 

– 

(3,984)

– 

– 

– 

68,421 

Tax benefits on stock-based

compensation awards

– 

14,936 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Stock option expense

– 

19,904 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Cancellation of other stock-based

compensation awards

(5)

– 

– 

– 

– 

Amortization of unearned

compensation on other stock-

based compensation awards

– 

13,845 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Vesting of restricted stock 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(4,263)

Settlement of other stock-based

compensation awards

– 

(1,003)

– 

– 

– 

592 

Purchase of 6,983,000 shares

of treasury stock 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(482,114)

Other comprehensive earnings

– 

– 

– 

– 

(1,148)

– 

Adjustment to initially apply SFAS 

No. 158 to postretirement benefit

plans, net of tax benefit of $14,280

– 

– 

– 

– 

(22,503)

– 

Reclassification of unearned

restricted stock compensation

– 

(17,280)

– 

17,280 

– 

– 

Change in interest – joint venture

– 

453 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Net earnings

– 

– 

383,399 

– 

– 

– 

Cash dividends paid 

($1.110 per share)

– 

– 

(97,896)

– 

– 

– 

Balance at December 31, 2006

$          54,829 

$        478,454 

$     3,007,606 

$                        – 

$                  3,431 

$    (1,366,705)

 

 

36

W.W. Grainger, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY – CONTINUED

(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)

 

 

Common

Stock

Additional

Contributed

Capital

Retained

Earnings

Unearned

Restricted

Stock

Compensation

Accumulated

Other

Comprehensive

Earnings (Losses)

Treasury

Stock

Balance at December 31, 2006

$          54,829 

$        478,454 

$     3,007,606 

$                        – 

$                  3,431 

$    (1,366,705)

Adoption of FIN 48

– 

– 

870 

– 

– 

– 

Reinstatement of equity method

– 

– 

1,372 

– 

– 

– 

Exercise of stock options 

– 

(19,991)

– 

– 

– 

133,491 

Tax benefits on stock-based

compensation awards

– 

33,889 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Stock option expense

– 

16,888 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Amortization of unearned

compensation on other stock-

based compensation awards

– 

18,667 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Vesting of restricted stock 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(1,126)

Settlement of other stock-based

compensation awards

(2,557)

– 

– 

– 

1,189 

Purchase of 7,051,607 shares

of treasury stock

– 

(50,000)

– 

– 

– 

(587,967)

Other comprehensive earnings

– 

– 

– 

– 

68,740 

– 

Net earnings

– 

– 

420,120 

– 

– 

– 

Cash dividends paid 

($1.340 per share)

– 

– 

(113,093)

– 

– 

– 

Balance at December 31, 2007

$          54,830 

$        475,350 

$     3,316,875 

$                        – 

$                 72,171 

$    (1,821,118)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

37

W.W. Grainger, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

 

NOTE 1 – BACKGROUND AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

 

INDUSTRY INFORMATION

W.W. Grainger, Inc. is the leading broad-line supplier of facilities maintenance and other related products in North America. In this report, the words “Company” or “Grainger” mean W.W. Grainger, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

 

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions are eliminated from the consolidated financial statements.

 

INVESTMENTS IN UNCONSOLIDATED ENTITIES

For investments in which the Company owns or controls from 20% to 50% of the voting shares, the equity method of accounting is used. Changes in interest arising from the issuance of stock by an investee is accounted for as additional contributed capital. See Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

MANAGEMENT ESTIMATES

In preparing financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent liabilities, and revenues and expenses. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION

The financial statements of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are measured using the local currency as the functional currency. Net exchange gains or losses resulting from the translation of financial statements of foreign operations and related long-term debt are recorded as a separate component of shareholders’ equity. See Notes 2 and 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

RECLASSIFICATIONS

Certain amounts in the 2006 and 2005 financial statements, as previously reported, have been reclassified to conform to the 2007 presentation.

 

Under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (SFAS No. 123R), any unearned or deferred compensation (contra-equity accounts) related to awards prior to adoption of SFAS No. 123R shall be eliminated against the appropriate equity accounts. On January 1, 2006, at the date of adoption of SFAS No. 123R, the Company should have recorded the balance in unearned restricted stock compensation and all future activity against additional contributed capital. As such, the activity previously reported in unearned restricted stock compensation for 2006 was netted against additional contributed capital. There was no effect on earnings, assets, liabilities or total shareholders’ equity.

 

NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

REVENUE RECOGNITION

Revenues recognized include product sales, billings for freight and handling charges and fees earned for services provided. The Company recognizes product sales and billings for freight and handling charges primarily on the date products are shipped to, or picked up by, the customer. The Company’s standard shipping terms are FOB shipping point. On occasion, the Company will negotiate FOB destination terms. These sales are recognized upon delivery to the customer. Fee revenues, which account for less than 1% of total revenues, are recognized after services are completed.

 

COST OF MERCHANDISE SOLD

Cost of merchandise sold includes product and product-related costs, vendor consideration, freight-out costs and handling costs. The Company defines handling costs as those costs incurred to fulfill a shipped sales order.

 

VENDOR CONSIDERATION

The Company receives rebates from its vendors to promote their products. The Company provides numerous advertising programs to promote its vendors’ products, including catalogs and other printed media, Internet and other marketing programs. Most of these programs relate to multiple vendors, which makes supporting the specific, identifiable and incremental criteria difficult, and would require numerous assumptions and judgments. Based on the inexact nature of trying to track reimbursements to the exact advertising expenditure for each vendor, the Company treats most vendor advertising allowances as a reduction of cost of merchandise sold rather than a reduction of operating (advertising) expenses. Rebates earned from vendors that are based on purchases are capitalized into inventory as part of product purchase price. These rebates are credited to cost of merchandise sold based on sales. Vendor rebates that are earned based on product sales are credited directly to cost of merchandise sold.

 

38

ADVERTISING

Advertising costs are expensed in the year the related advertisement is first presented. Advertising expense was $122.4 million, $115.4 million and $102.3 million for 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The majority of vendor provided allowances are classified as an offset to cost of merchandise sold. Any reimbursements from vendors that are classified as an offset against operating (advertising) costs are recorded when the related advertising is expensed. For additional information see subsection VENDOR CONSIDERATION.

 

For interim reporting purposes, advertising expense is amortized equally over each period, based on estimated expenses for the full year. Advertising costs for media that have not been distributed by year-end are capitalized as Prepaid expenses. Amounts included in Prepaid expenses at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $32.1 million, $30.2 million and $20.8 million, respectively.

 

WAREHOUSING, MARKETING AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES

Included in this category are purchasing, branch operations, information services, and marketing and selling expenses, as well as other types of general and administrative costs.

 

STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS

On January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123R. SFAS No. 123R requires the Company to measure all share-based payments using a fair-value-based method and record compensation expense related to these payments in the consolidated financial statements. The Company values stock option compensation using a binomial lattice option-pricing model.

 

See Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on the adoption of SFAS No. 123R and related disclosures, including pro forma information for prior periods as if the Company had recorded share-based compensation expense.

 

INCOME TAXES

Income taxes are recognized during the year in which transactions enter into the determination of financial statement income, with deferred taxes being provided for temporary differences between financial and tax reporting.

 

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE EARNINGS (LOSSES)

The Company’s Other comprehensive earnings (losses) include foreign currency translation adjustments and unrecognized gains (losses) on postretirement and other employment-related benefit plans. See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

CASH AND MARKETABLE SECURITIES

The Company considers investments in highly liquid debt instruments, purchased with an original maturity of ninety days or less, to be cash equivalents. For cash equivalents, the carrying amount approximates fair value due to the short maturity of these instruments.

 

The Company’s investments in marketable securities consist of commercial paper to be held to maturity. These investments have an original maturity date of more than 90 days. The investments are issued from high credit quality issuers. The marketable securities are recorded at cost, which approximates fair value.

 

CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

The Company places temporary cash investments with institutions of high credit quality and, by policy, limits the amount of credit exposure to any one institution.

 

The Company has a broad customer base representing many diverse industries doing business in all regions of the United States as well as other areas of North America. Consequently, no significant concentration of credit risk is considered to exist.

 

ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS

The Company establishes reserves for customer accounts that are potentially uncollectible. The method used to estimate the allowances is based on several factors including the age of the receivables and the historical ratio of actual write-offs to the age of the receivables. These analyses also take into consideration economic conditions that may have an impact on a specific industry, group of customers or a specific customer.

 

INVENTORIES

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined primarily by the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method, which accounts for approximately 73% of total inventory. For the remaining inventory, cost is determined by the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.

 

PROPERTY, BUILDINGS AND EQUIPMENT

Property, buildings and equipment are valued at cost. For financial statement purposes, depreciation and amortization are provided in amounts sufficient to relate the cost of depreciable assets to operations over their estimated service lives, principally on the declining-balance and sum-of-the-years-digits methods. The principal estimated useful lives for determining depreciation are as follows:

 

Buildings, structures and improvements

10 to 45 years

Furniture, fixtures, machinery and equipment

3 to 10 years

 

39

Improvements to leased property are amortized over the initial terms of the respective leases or the estimated service lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter.

 

The Company capitalized interest costs of $1.4 million, $0.3 million and $0.3 million in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

LONG-LIVED ASSETS

The carrying value of long-lived assets is evaluated whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may be impaired. An impairment loss is recognized when estimated undiscounted future cash flows resulting from use of the asset, including disposition, is less than the carrying value of the asset. Impairment is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value.

 

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES

Goodwill is recognized as the excess cost of an acquired entity over the net amount assigned to assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Goodwill is not amortized, but rather tested for impairment on an annual basis and more often if circumstances require. Impairment losses are recognized whenever the implied fair value of goodwill is less than its carrying value.

 

The Company recognizes an acquired intangible apart from goodwill whenever the intangible arises from contractual or other legal rights, or whenever it can be separated or divided from the acquired entity and sold, transferred, licensed, rented or exchanged, either individually or in combination with a related contract, asset or liability. Such intangibles are amortized over their estimated useful lives unless the estimated useful life is determined to be indefinite. Amortizable intangible assets are being amortized over useful lives of three to 17 years. Impairment losses are recognized if the carrying amount of an intangible, subject to amortization, is not recoverable from expected future cash flows and its carrying amount exceeds its fair value.

 

The Company also maintains intangible assets with indefinite lives, which are not amortized. These intangibles are tested for impairment on an annual basis and more often if circumstances require, similar to the treatment for goodwill. Impairment losses are recognized whenever the implied fair value of these assets is less than their carrying value.

 

INSURANCE RESERVES

The Company purchases insurance for catastrophic exposures and those risks required to be insured by law. It also retains a significant portion of the risk of losses related to workers’ compensation, general liability and property. Reserves for these potential losses are based on an external analysis of the Company’s historical claims results and other actuarial assumptions.

 

WARRANTY RESERVES

The Company generally warrants the products it sells against defects for one year. For a significant portion of warranty claims, the manufacturer of the product is responsible for expenses. For warranty expenses not covered by the manufacturer, the Company provides a reserve for future costs based primarily on historical experience. The reserve activity was as follows (in thousands of dollars):

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$   4,651 

 

$   3,763 

 

$   3,428 

Returns

 

(12,781)

 

(9,579)

 

(9,179)

Provisions

 

11,572 

 

10,467 

 

9,514 

Ending balance

 

$   3,442 

 

$   4,651 

 

$   3,763 

 

NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

 

In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (FIN 48). FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in a company’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. It also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. The Company adopted FIN 48 on January 1, 2007, and the adoption did not have a material effect on its results of operations or financial position. See Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion related to FIN 48.

 

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (SFAS No. 157). SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The provisions of SFAS No. 157 are effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company does not expect adoption of SFAS No. 157 to have a material effect on its results of operations or financial position.

40

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities” (SFAS No. 159). SFAS No. 159 provides companies with an option to report selected financial assets and liabilities at fair value. It also establishes presentation and disclosure requirements to facilitate comparisons between companies using different measurement attributes for similar types of assets and liabilities. The statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company does not expect adoption of SFAS No. 159 to have a material effect on its results of operations or financial position.

 

In June 2007, the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) reached a consensus with respect to EITF Issue No. 06-11, “Accounting for Income Tax Benefits of Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards” (Issue 06-11). Under Issue 06-11, a realized income tax benefit from dividends or dividend equivalents that are charged to retained earnings and paid to employees for equity classified nonvested equity shares, nonvested equity share units, and outstanding equity share options should be recognized as an increase to additional paid-in capital (APIC). The amount recognized in APIC should be included in the pool of excess tax benefits available to absorb tax deficiencies on share-based payment awards. A tax benefit recognized from a dividend on an award that is subsequently forfeited or is no longer expected to vest would be reclassified from APIC to the income statement, if sufficient excess tax benefits are available in the pool of excess tax benefits in APIC. Issue 06-11 is to be applied prospectively to the income tax benefits of dividends on equity-classified employee share-based payment awards that are declared in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007, with early application permitted. The Company does not expect adoption of Issue 06-11 to have a material effect on its results of operations or financial position.

 

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), "Business Combinations" (SFAS No. 141R). SFAS No. 141R establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree and the goodwill acquired. SFAS No. 141R also establishes disclosure requirements to enable the evaluation of the nature and financial effects of the business combination. The statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and will be applied to acquisitions after adoption by the Company.

 

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, "Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements – an amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51" (SFAS No. 160). SFAS No. 160 establishes accounting and reporting standards for ownership interests in subsidiaries held by parties other than the parent, the amount of consolidated net income attributable to the parent and to the noncontrolling interest, changes in a parent's ownership interest and the valuation of retained noncontrolling equity investments when a subsidiary is deconsolidated. SFAS No.160 also establishes disclosure requirements that clearly identify and distinguish between the interests of the parent and the interests of the noncontrolling owners. The statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that adoption of SFAS No. 160 may have on its results of operations or financial position.

 

NOTE 3 – BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS

 

On May 31, 2007, Lab Safety Supply, Inc. (Lab Safety), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of McFeely’s Square Drive Screws (McFeely’s). McFeely’s is a direct marketer of specialty fasteners, hardware and tools for the professional woodworking industry. McFeely’s had more than $9 million in sales in 2006. The purchase price and costs of acquisition were $4.7 million in cash and $0.3 million in assumed liabilities. The estimated goodwill recognized in the transaction amounted to $1.2 million and is expected to be fully deductible for tax purposes.

 

On November 17, 2006, Lab Safety acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of Professional Inspection Equipment, Inc. and Construction Book Express, Inc. The companies are direct marketers of tools, instruments and reference materials to the building and home inspection markets. The companies had annual sales in 2005 of more than $18 million. The aggregate purchase price for the two companies was $20.9 million in cash and $1.7 million in assumed liabilities. The goodwill recognized in the transaction amounted to $18.7 million and is expected to be fully deductible for tax purposes.

 

On January 31, 2006, Lab Safety acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of Rand Materials Handling Equipment Co. (Rand). Rand is a national catalog distributor of warehouse, storage and packaging supplies. Rand had more than $16 million in sales in 2005. The aggregate purchase price for Rand was $13.9 million in cash and $2.3 million in assumed liabilities. The goodwill recognized in the transaction amounted to $9.9 million and is expected to be fully deductible for tax purposes.

 

On January 14, 2005, Lab Safety acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of AW Direct, Inc. (AW Direct). AW Direct, a targeted direct marketer of products to the service vehicle accessories market, had sales of more than $28 million in 2004. The aggregate purchase price was $24.8 million in cash and $2.0 million in assumed liabilities. Goodwill recognized in this transaction amounted to $14.0 million and is expected to be fully deductible for tax purposes.

 

41

The results of these acquisitions are included in the Company’s consolidated results from the respective dates of acquisition. Due to the immaterial nature of these transactions, disclosures of amounts assigned to the acquired assets and assumed liabilities and pro forma results of operations were not considered necessary.

 

NOTE 4 – ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS

 

The following table shows the activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts (in thousands of dollars):

 

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

Balance at beginning of period

 

$   18,801 

 

$   18,401 

 

$   23,375 

Provision for uncollectible accounts

 

15,436 

 

6,057 

 

1,326 

Write-off of uncollectible accounts, less recoveries

 

(8,755)

 

(5,660)

 

(6,380)

Foreign currency exchange impact

 

348 

 

 

80 

Balance at end of period

 

$   25,830 

 

$   18,801 

 

$   18,401 

 

NOTE 5 – INVENTORIES

 

Inventories primarily consist of merchandise purchased for resale.

 

Inventories would have been $287.7 million, $270.0 million and $246.3 million higher than reported at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, if the FIFO method of inventory accounting had been used for all Company inventories. Net earnings would have increased by $10.8 million, $14.5 million and $4.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, using the FIFO method of accounting. Inventory values using the FIFO method of accounting approximate replacement cost.

 

NOTE 6 - INVESTMENTS IN UNCONSOLIDATED ENTITIES

 

The table below summarizes the activity of these investments (in thousands of dollars):

 

 

MonotaRO

 

MRO Korea

 

USI-AGI

 

 

 

 

Co., Ltd.

 

Co., Ltd.

 

Prairies Inc.

 

Total

Balance at January 1, 2005

 

$               2,291 

 

$                   – 

 

$           23,835 

 

$          26,126 

Equity earnings

 

472 

 

– 

 

2,337 

 

2,809 

Loan repayment

 

– 

 

– 

 

(3,706)

 

(3,706)

Foreign currency (loss) gain

 

(329)

 

– 

 

255 

 

(74)

Balance at December 31, 2005

 

2,434 

 

– 

 

22,721 

 

25,155 

Cash investments

 

3,988 

 

– 

 

– 

 

3,988 

Equity earnings

 

1,826 

 

– 

 

1,134 

 

2,960 

Divestiture

 

– 

 

– 

 

(24,967)

 

(24,967)

Change in interest due to issuance of stock 

by joint venture

 

453 

 

– 

 

– 

 

453 

Foreign currency (loss) gain

 

(209)

 

– 

 

1,112 

 

903 

Balance at December 31, 2006

 

8,492 

 

– 

 

– 

 

8,492 

Cash investments

 

– 

 

2,138 

 

– 

 

2,138 

Equity earnings

 

1,401 

 

615 

 

– 

 

2,016 

Reinstatement to equity method of accounting

 

– 

 

1,372 

 

– 

 

1,372 

Foreign currency gain

 

620 

 

121 

 

– 

 

741 

Balance at December 31, 2007

 

$             10,513 

 

$             4,246 

 

$                    – 

 

$          14,759 

Ownership interest at December 31, 2007

 

38% 

 

49% 

 

0% 

 

 

 

The Company has investments in two Asian companies accounted for under the equity method of accounting. At December 31, 2007, the ownership percentages of the two investments were 38% and 49%.

 

In 2003, the Company wrote off its investment in MRO Korea Co., Ltd. and subsequently suspended the equity method of accounting even though the business was marginally profitable and self-funding. At that time, the market value of the business was limited because the business had only one significant customer (the other party in the joint venture) and the prospects for growth were dependent upon securing sufficient capital funding. In 2007, the Company and the other business partner in the joint venture agreed to significantly change the business model and fund the expansion of this business. The Company contributed $2.1 million to MRO Korea Co., Ltd., maintaining its 49% ownership, and resumed the equity method of accounting. In conjunction with the reinstatement of the equity accounting method, a credit was recorded to retained earnings for $1.4 million, which represents the accumulated unrecognized equity earnings during the period the equity method was suspended and the write-down recognized in 2003.

42

In the first quarter of 2006, the Company contributed $4.0 million to MonotaRO Co., Ltd., its 38% owned company in Japan. In the fourth quarter of 2006, an initial public offering by this company resulted in a change of interest of $0.5 million, recorded as additional contributed capital. The market value of this investment, based on the closing stock price on February 19, 2008, was $25.8 million.

 

On February 23, 2006, Acklands – Grainger Inc. (Acklands – Grainger), the Company’s Canadian subsidiary, received a Notice of Purchase advising Acklands – Grainger that Uni-Select Inc., a Canadian company, was exercising its contractual option to purchase all of Acklands – Grainger’s shares in the USI-AGI Prairies Inc. joint venture. The transaction closed on May 31, 2006, for Canadian $30.9 million (US$27.8 million), resulting in a US$2.3 million pre-tax gain for the Company. The Company’s 50% ownership investment in this joint venture was previously accounted for under the equity method of accounting. The carrying value of this investment included US$5.1 million of allocated goodwill. The joint venture was managed by Uni-Select.

 

NOTE 7 – CAPITALIZED SOFTWARE

 

Amortization of capitalized software is on a straight-line basis over three and five years. Amortization begins when the software is available for its intended use. Amortization expense was $21.0 million, $13.9 million and $7.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The Company reviews the amounts capitalized for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable.

 

NOTE 8 – SHORT-TERM DEBT

 

The following summarizes information concerning short-term debt:

 

As of December 31,

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

(In thousands of dollars)

Line of Credit

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31

$       6,113   

 

$          –   

 

$         –   

Maximum month-end balance during the year

$     11,234   

 

$          –   

 

$         –   

Average amount outstanding during the year

$       7,756   

 

$          –   

 

$         –   

Weighted average interest rate during the year

6.48%

 

–%

 

–%

Weighted average interest rate at December 31

6.57%

 

–%

 

–%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Paper

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31

$     95,947   

 

$          –   

 

$         –   

Maximum month-end balance during the year

$   139,104   

 

$          –   

 

$         –   

Average amount outstanding during the year

$     28,030   

 

$          –   

 

$         –   

Weighted average interest rate during the year

5.38%

 

–%

 

–%

Weighted average interest rate at December 31

4.30%

 

–%

 

–%

 

The Company had $31.1 million, $8.6 million and $8.6 million of uncommitted lines of credit denominated in foreign currencies at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. At December 31, 2007, there was $6.1 million outstanding under these lines of credit relating to Grainger China LLC. Grainger China LLC utilizes a line of credit to meet its business expansion and operating needs.

 

The increase in commercial paper borrowing was primarily to fund an accelerated share repurchase program in August 2007. Refer to Note 13 for further discussion of the Company’s share repurchase program.

 

The Company and its subsidiaries had committed lines of credit totaling $250.0 million at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, for which the Company compensated a bank through a commitment fee of 0.04% in 2007 and 2006, and 0.07% in 2005. There were no borrowings under the committed lines of credit.

 

The Company had $15.8 million of letters of credit at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, primarily related to the Company’s casualty insurance program. The Company also had $3.2 million, $3.3 million and $1.4 million at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, in letters of credit to facilitate the purchase of product from foreign sources.

 

NOTE 9 - EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

 

Retirement Plans

A majority of the Company’s employees are covered by a noncontributory profit sharing plan. This plan provides for annual employer contributions generally based upon a formula related primarily to earnings before federal income taxes, limited to 25% of the total eligible compensation paid to all eligible employees. The Company also sponsors additional defined contribution plans, which cover most of the other employees. Provisions under all plans were $130.2 million, $114.3 million and $92.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

43

Postretirement Benefits

The Company has a postretirement healthcare benefits plan that provides coverage for a majority of its employees and their dependents should they elect to maintain such coverage upon retirement. Covered employees become eligible for participation when they qualify for retirement while working for the Company. Participation in the plan is voluntary and requires participants to make contributions toward the cost of the plan, as determined by the Company.

 

The Company’s accumulated postretirement benefit obligation (APBO) and net periodic benefit costs include the effect of the federal subsidy provided by the “Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003” (the Medicare Act). The Medicare Act provides a federal subsidy to retiree healthcare benefit plan sponsors that provide a prescription drug benefit that is at least actuarially equivalent to that provided by Medicare. As a result of the subsidy, the APBO has been reduced by $40.4 million, $33.4 million and $30.6 million as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The net periodic benefits costs have been reduced by approximately $6.4 million, $5.6 million and $4.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

The net periodic benefits costs charged to operating expenses, which were valued with a measurement date of January 1 for each year, consisted of the following components:

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

(In thousands of dollars)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

$   10,856 

 

$    9,737 

 

$    7,577 

Interest cost

8,973 

 

7,599 

 

6,287 

Expected return on assets

(4,049)

 

(2,790)

 

(2,502)

Amortization of prior service credit

(437)

 

(858)

 

(858)

Amortization of transition asset

(143)

 

(143)

 

(143)

Amortization of unrecognized losses

2,094 

 

2,903 

 

1,923 

Net periodic benefits costs

$   17,294 

 

$  16,448 

 

$  12,284 

 

The Company has elected to amortize the amount of net unrecognized losses over a period equal to the average remaining service period for active plan participants expected to retire and receive benefits, or approximately 17.2 years for 2007.

 

Reconciliations of the beginning and ending balances of the APBO, which is calculated using a December 31 measurement date, the fair value of assets and the funded status of the benefit obligation follow:

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

(In thousands of dollars)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

$  155,353 

 

$  127,598 

 

$  103,381 

Service cost

10,856 

 

9,737 

 

7,577 

Interest cost

8,973 

 

7,599 

 

6,287 

Plan participants’ contributions

1,575 

 

1,670 

 

1,527 

Amendments

(9,433)

 

5,559 

 

– 

Actuarial (gain) loss

(12,754)

 

7,359 

 

12,843 

Benefits paid

(3,929)

 

(4,277)

 

(4,017)

Medicare Part D Subsidy received

269 

 

108 

 

– 

Benefit obligation at end of year

150,910 

 

155,353 

 

127,598 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

67,486 

 

46,503 

 

41,706 

Actual returns on plan assets

2,915 

 

6,192 

 

1,515 

Employer contributions

6,385 

 

17,398 

 

5,772 

Plan participants’ contributions

1,575 

 

1,670 

 

1,527 

Benefits paid

(3,929)

 

(4,277)

 

(4,017)

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

74,432 

 

67,486 

 

46,503 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Funded status

(76,478)

 

(87,867)

 

(81,095)

Unrecognized prior service credit

– 

 

– 

 

(8,014)

Unrecognized transition asset

– 

 

– 

 

(1,285)

Unrecognized net actuarial loss 

– 

 

– 

 

38,065 

Accrued postretirement benefits cost

$   (76,478)

 

$  (87,867)

 

$  (52,329)

 

44

The amounts recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive earnings consisted of the following components:

 

 

As of December 31,

 

2007

 

2006

 

(In thousands of dollars)

 

 

 

 

Prior service credit

$     (10,592)

 

$      (1,596)

Transition asset

(1,000)

 

(1,143)

Net loss

25,405 

 

39,119 

Total

$      13,813 

 

$     36,380 

 

The components of Accumulated other comprehensive earnings (AOCE) related to the postretirement benefit costs that will be amortized into net periodic postretirement benefit cost in 2008 are as follows (in thousands of dollars):

 

 

2008

Amortization of prior service credit

$   (1,215)

Amortization of transition asset

(143)

Amortization of net loss

1,477 

Estimated amount amortized from AOCE into net periodic

postretirement benefit cost in 2008

$       119 

 

The benefit obligation was determined by applying the terms of the plan and actuarial models. These models include various actuarial assumptions, including discount rates, assumed rates of return on plan assets and healthcare cost trend rates. The actuarial assumptions also anticipate future cost-sharing changes to retiree contributions that will maintain the current cost-sharing ratio between the Company and the retirees. The Company evaluates its actuarial assumptions on an annual basis and considers changes in these long-term factors based upon market conditions and historical experience.

 

The plan amendment effective January 1, 2008 (reflected in the 2007 valuation above), changed the out-of-pocket maximums, co-payments and coinsurance amounts for retirees. The plan amendment effective January 1, 2007 (reflected in the 2006 valuation above), changed the retiree contribution percentages for certain age groups.

 

The following assumptions were used to determine net periodic benefit cost at January 1:

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

Discount rate

5.90%

 

5.50%

 

5.75%

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, net of tax at 40%

6.00%

 

6.00%

 

6.00%

Initial healthcare cost trend rate

10.00%

 

10.00%

 

10.00%

Ultimate healthcare cost trend rate

5.00%

 

5.00%

 

5.00%

Year ultimate healthcare cost trend rate reached

2017   

 

2016   

 

2016   

 

The following assumptions were used to determine benefit obligations at December 31:

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

Discount rate

6.50%

 

5.90%

 

5.50%

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, net of tax at 40%

6.00%

 

6.00%

 

6.00%

Initial healthcare cost trend rate

10.00%

 

10.00%

 

10.00%

Ultimate healthcare cost trend rate

5.00%

 

5.00%

 

5.00%

Year ultimate healthcare cost trend rate reached

2018   

 

2017   

 

2016   

 

The discount rate assumptions reflect the rates available on high-quality fixed income debt instruments. These rates have been selected due to their similarity to the projected cash flows of the postretirement healthcare benefit plan.

45

The Company reviews external data and its own historical trends for healthcare costs to determine the healthcare cost trend rates. Assumed healthcare cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the healthcare plans. A 1 percentage point change in assumed healthcare cost trend rates would have the following effects on December 31, 2007 results:

 

 

1 Percentage Point

 

Increase

 

(Decrease)

 

(In thousands of dollars)

Effect on total of service and interest cost

$       4,652

 

$    (3,597)

Effect on accumulated postretirement benefit obligation

29,094

 

(23,181)

 

The Company has established a Group Benefit Trust to fund the plan and process benefit payments. The assets of the trust are invested entirely in funds designed to track the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index (S&P 500). This investment strategy reflects the long-term nature of the plan obligation and seeks to take advantage of the superior earnings potential of equity securities. The Company uses the long-term historical return on the plan assets and the historical performance of the S&P 500 to develop its expected return on plan assets. The required use of an expected long-term rate of return on plan assets may result in recognizing income that is greater or less than the actual return on plan assets in any given year. Over time, however, the expected long-term returns are designed to approximate the actual long-term returns and, therefore, result in a pattern of income recognition that more closely matches the pattern of the services provided by the employees.

 

The funding of the trust is an estimated amount which is intended to allow the maximum deductible contribution under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (IRC), as amended, and was $6.4 million, $17.4 million and $5.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. There are no minimum funding requirements and the Company intends to follow its practice of funding the maximum deductible contribution under the IRC.

 

The Company forecasts the following benefit payments (which include a projection for expected future employee service) and subsidy receipts (in thousands of dollars):

 

 

 

Estimated gross

benefit payments

 

Estimated Medicare

subsidy receipts

2008

 

$                 3,483

 

$                   (410)

2009

 

3,986

 

(491)

2010

 

4,615

 

(586)

2011

 

5,416

 

(686)

2012

 

6,322

 

(803)

2013 – 2017

 

50,995

 

(6,572)

 

Executive Death Benefit Plan

The Executive Death Benefit Plan provides one of three potential benefits: a supplemental income benefit (SIB), an executive death benefit (EDB) or a postretirement payment. The SIB provides income continuation at 50% of total compensation, payable for ten years to the beneficiary of a participant if that participant dies while employed by the Company. Alternatively, the EDB provides an after-tax lump sum payment of one times final total compensation to the beneficiary of a participant who dies after retirement. In addition, a participant may elect to receive a reduced postretirement payment instead of the EDB. Plan participation is determined by a committee of management. There are no plan assets. Benefits are paid as they come due from the general assets of the Company.

 

The net periodic benefits costs charged to operating expenses, which were valued with a measurement date of January 1 for each year, consisted of the following components:

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

(In thousands of dollars)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

$      298

 

$      361

 

$      277

Interest cost

883

 

850

 

791

Amortization of unrecognized losses 

127

 

154

 

69

Net periodic benefits costs

$   1,308

 

$   1,365

 

$   1,137

 

46

Reconciliations of the beginning and ending balances of the projected benefit obligation, which is calculated using a December 31 measurement date, the fair value of assets and the status of the benefit obligation follow:

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

(In thousands of dollars)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

$     14,906 

 

$    15,222 

 

$    13,921 

Service cost

298 

 

361 

 

277 

Interest cost

883 

 

850 

 

791 

Actuarial (gains) losses

(1,972)

 

(1,095)

 

562 

Benefits paid

– 

 

(432)

 

(329)

Benefit obligation at end of year

14,115 

 

14,906 

 

15,222 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

– 

 

– 

 

– 

Employer contributions

– 

 

432 

 

329 

Benefits paid

– 

 

(432)

 

(329)

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

– 

 

– 

 

– 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation

(14,115)

 

(14,906)

 

(15,222)

Unrecognized net actuarial losses 

– 

 

– 

 

1,485 

Accrued executive death benefits cost

$    (14,115)

 

$   (14,906)

 

$   (13,737)

 

The amounts recognized as the current and long-term portions of the benefit obligation follow:

 

 

As of December 31,

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

(In thousands of dollars)

Current liabilities

$         (739)

 

$        (454)

 

$        (340)

Noncurrent liabilities

(13,376)

 

(14,452)

 

(13,397)

Net amounts recognized

$    (14,115)

 

$   (14,906)

 

$   (13,737)

 

Net gains and losses recognized in other comprehensive earnings were gains of $1.9 million in 2007 and losses of $0.2 million in 2006.

 

The net loss that will be amortized from Accumulated other comprehensive earnings into net periodic benefit cost in 2008 is $0.2 million.

 

The benefit obligation was determined by applying the terms of the plan and actuarial models. These models include various actuarial assumptions, including discount rates, mortality and salary progression. The Company evaluates its actuarial assumptions on an annual basis and considers changes in these long-term factors based upon market conditions and historical experience.

 

The following assumptions were used to determine benefit obligations at December 31:

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

Discount rate used to determine net periodic benefit cost (January 1 valuation)

5.90%

 

5.50%

 

5.75%

Discount rate used to determine benefit obligation (December 31 valuation)

6.40%

 

5.90%

 

5.50%

Compensation increase used to determine obligation and cost

4.00%

 

4.00%

 

4.00%

 

The discount rate assumptions reflect the rates available on high-quality fixed income debt instruments. These rates have been selected due to their similarity to the projected cash flows of the Executive Death Benefit Plan.

 

Projected future benefit payments (in thousands of dollars):

 

 

Benefit Payments

2008

$                      739

2009

540

2010

589

2011

641

2012

698

2013 – 2017

4,657

 

47

Deferred Compensation Plans

The Executive Deferred Compensation Plans are money purchase defined benefit plans. This benefit is reduced for early retirement. Plan participation was limited to Company executives during the years 1984 to 1986; no new executives have been added since that time. Participants were allowed to defer a portion of their compensation for the years 1984 through 1990. In return, under the plan, each participant receives an individually specified benefit at age 65. There are no plan assets. Benefits are paid as they come due from the general assets of the Company.

 

The net periodic benefits costs charged to operating expenses, which were valued with a measurement date of January 1 for each year, consisted of the following components:

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

(In thousands of dollars)

Interest cost

$          568

 

$         573

 

$         610

Amortization of unrecognized losses

59

 

184

 

108

Net periodic benefits costs

$          627

 

$         757

 

$         718

 

Reconciliations of the beginning and ending balances of the projected benefit obligation, which is calculated using a December 31 measurement date, the fair value of assets and the status of the benefit obligation follow:

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

(In thousands of dollars)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

$   10,945 

 

$    11,419 

 

$    11,550 

Interest cost

568 

 

573 

 

610 

Actuarial (gains) losses

(104)

 

129 

 

179 

Benefits paid

(1,258)

 

(1,176)

 

(920)

Benefit obligation at end of year

10,151 

 

10,945 

 

11,419 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

– 

 

– 

 

– 

Employer contributions

1,258 

 

1,176 

 

920 

Benefits paid

(1,258)

 

(1,176)

 

(920)

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

– 

 

– 

 

– 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued deferred compensation costs

$  (10,151)

 

$   (10,945)

 

$   (11,419)

 

The amounts recognized as the current and long-term portions of the benefit obligation follow:

 

 

As of December 31,

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

(In thousands of dollars)

Current liabilities

$    (1,226)

 

$     (1,229)

 

$        (928)

Noncurrent liabilities

(8,925)

 

(9,716)

 

(10,491)

Net amounts recognized

$  (10,151)

 

$   (10,945)

 

$   (11,419)

 

Net losses recognized in other comprehensive earnings were $0.4 million and $0.5 million in 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

The benefit obligation was determined by applying the terms of the plan and actuarial models. These models include various actuarial assumptions, including discount rates, mortality and retirement age. The Company evaluates its actuarial assumptions on an annual basis and considers changes in these long-term factors based upon market conditions and historical experience.

 

The following assumptions were used to determine benefit obligations at December 31:

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

Discount rate used to determine net periodic benefit cost

(January 1 valuation )

5.50%

 

5.25%

 

5.50%

Discount rate used to determine benefit obligation

(December 31 valuation)

5.70%

 

5.50%

 

5.25%

 

48

The discount rate assumptions reflect the rates available on high-quality fixed income debt instruments. These rates have been selected due to their similarity to the projected cash flows of the Executive Deferred Compensation Plans.

 

Projected future benefit payments (in thousands of dollars):

 

 

Benefit Payments

2008

$                     1,226

2009

1,227

2010

1,197

2011

1,162

2012

1,154

2013 – 2017

5,116

 

Other Employment-Related Benefit Plans

Certain of the Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries provide limited non-pension benefits to retirees in addition to government-mandated programs. The cost of these programs is not significant to the Company. Most retirees outside the United States are covered by government-sponsored and administered programs.

 

NOTE 10 - LONG-TERM DEBT

 

Long-term debt consisted of the following:

 

As of December 31,

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

(In thousands of dollars)

Industrial development revenue and private activity bonds

$        9,485

 

$       9,485

 

$       9,485

Less current maturities

4,590

 

4,590

 

4,590

 

$        4,895

 

$       4,895

 

$       4,895

 

The industrial development revenue and private activity bonds include various issues that bear interest at variable rates capped at 15%, and come due in various amounts from 2009 through 2021. At December 31, 2007, the weighted average interest rate was 3.59%. Interest rates on some of the issues are subject to change at certain dates in the future. The bondholders may require the Company to redeem certain bonds concurrent with a change in interest rates and certain other bonds annually. In addition, $4.6 million of these bonds had an unsecured liquidity facility available at December 31, 2007, for which the Company compensated a bank through a commitment fee of 0.07%. There were no borrowings related to this facility at December 31, 2007. The Company classified $4.6 million of bonds currently subject to redemption options in current maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.

 

The Company’s debt instruments include only standard affirmative and negative covenants that are normal in debt instruments of similar amounts and structure. The Company’s debt instruments do not contain financial or performance covenants restrictive to the business of the Company, reflecting its strong financial position. The Company is in compliance with all debt covenants for the year ended December 31, 2007.

 

NOTE 11 – LEASES

 

The Company leases certain land, buildings and equipment under noncancellable operating leases that expire at various dates through 2036. The Company capitalizes all significant leases that qualify for capitalization, of which there were none at December 31, 2007. Many of the building leases obligate the Company to pay real estate taxes, insurance and certain maintenance costs, and contain multiple renewal provisions, exercisable at the Company’s option. Leases that contain predetermined fixed escalations of the minimum rentals are recognized in rental expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Cash or rent abatements received upon entering into certain operating leases are also recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

49

At December 31, 2007, the approximate future minimum lease payments for all operating leases were as follows (in thousands of dollars):

 

Future Minimum Lease Payments

2008

$                   38,578 

2009

32,618 

2010

25,677 

2011

21,497 

2012

18,725 

Thereafter

63,305 

Total minimum payments required 

200,400 

Less amounts representing sublease income

(203)

 

$                 200,197 

 

Rent expense, including items under lease and items rented on a month-to-month basis, was $42.1 million, $33.4 million and $28.6 million for 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. These amounts are net of sublease income of $0.5 million, $0.5 million and $0.4 million for 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

NOTE 12 – STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS

 

The Company maintains stock incentive plans under which the Company may grant a variety of incentive awards to employees and directors. Shares of common stock were authorized for issuance under the plans in connection with awards of non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and other stock-based awards. As of December 31, 2007, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, stock units and non-qualified stock options have been granted.

 

In 2005, the shareholders of the Company approved the 2005 Incentive Plan (“Plan”), which replaced all prior active plans (“Prior Plans”). Awards previously granted under Prior Plans will remain outstanding in accordance with their terms but no new awards are allowed. The Plan authorizes the granting of options to purchase shares at a price of not less than 100% of the closing market price on the last trading day preceding the date of grant. All options expire no later than ten years after the date of grant. A total of 9.5 million shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance under the Plan. As of December 31, 2007, there were 4,418,226 shares available for grant under the Plan.

 

Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (SFAS No. 123R) using the modified prospective method. Under this transition method, compensation cost recognized in 2007 and 2006 includes: (a) compensation costs for all share-based payments granted prior to, but not fully vested as of January 1, 2006, based on the grant date fair value as calculated under the pro forma disclosure-only expense provisions of SFAS No. 123 and (b) compensation cost for all share-based payments granted subsequent to January 1, 2006, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with provisions of SFAS No. 123R. The results for prior periods have not been restated.

 

Pre-tax stock-based compensation expense was $35.7 million, $34.8 million, and $10.4 million in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Related income tax benefits recognized in earnings were $11.8 million, $11.8 million and $3.9 million in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

Options

In 2007, 2006 and 2005, the Company provided broad-based stock option grants covering 162,100, 187,900 and 231,500 shares, respectively, to those employees who reached major service milestones and were not participants in other stock option programs.

 

In 2007, 2006 and 2005, the Company issued stock option grants to employees as part of their incentive compensation. Stock option grants were 578,120, 1,234,400 and 1,183,650 for the years 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

Option awards are granted with an exercise price equal to the closing market price of the Company’s stock on the last trading day preceding the date of grant. The options generally vest over three years, although accelerated vesting is provided in certain circumstances. Awards generally expire ten years from the grant date.

50

Transactions involving stock options are summarized as follows:

 

 

Shares Subject to Option

 

Weighted Average Price Per Share

 

Options Exercisable

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at January 1, 2005

9,205,794

 

$46.86

 

4,415,343

Granted

1,415,150

 

$54.20

 

 

Exercised

(1,550,316)

 

$44.51

 

 

Canceled or expired

(378,788)

 

$48.98

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2005

8,691,840

 

$48.37

 

4,572,250

Granted

1,422,300

 

$75.87

 

 

Exercised

(1,390,461)

 

$46.35

 

 

Canceled or expired

(268,810)

 

$57.88

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2006

8,454,869

 

$53.00

 

4,627,249

Granted

740,220

 

$82.21

 

 

Exercised

(2,430,523)

 

$47.74

 

 

Canceled or expired

(236,580)

 

$67.29

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2007

6,527,986

 

$58.19

 

3,447,856

 

At December 31, 2007, there was $16.4 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested option awards, which the Company expects to recognize over a weighted average period of 1.6 years.

 

The following table summarizes information about stock options exercised (in thousands of dollars):

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31,

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

Fair value of options exercised

 

$      31,736

 

$      18,152

 

$     20,668

Total intrinsic value of options exercised

 

88,921

 

38,906

 

31,577

Fair value of options vested

 

15,996

 

15,295

 

25,574

Settlements of options exercised

 

113,752

 

64,437

 

65,997

 

Information about stock options outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2007, is as follows:

 

 

 

Options Outstanding

 

Options Exercisable

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average

 

Range of

Exercise

Prices

 

Number

 

Remaining

Contractual

Life

 

Exercise

Price

 

Intrinsic

Value

(000’s)

 

Number

 

Remaining

Contractual

Life

 

Exercise

Price

 

Intrinsic

Value

(000’s)

$30.88-$44.25

 

1,025,630

 

2.87 Years

 

$41.00

 

$     47,711

 

1,025,630

 

2.87 Years

 

$41.00

 

$   47,711

$45.50-$54.85

 

3,321,461

 

5.56 Years

 

$51.42

 

119,905

 

2,395,576

 

4.88 Years

 

$51.08

 

87,285

$55.20-$70.95

 

216,400

 

7.13 Years

 

$61.99

 

5,526

 

12,600

 

7.01 Years

 

$61.13

 

333

$71.21-$93.05

 

1,964,495

 

8.65 Years

 

$78.18

 

18,356

 

14,050

 

8.32 Years

 

$75.13

 

174

 

 

6,527,986

 

6.12 Years

 

$58.19

 

$    191,498

 

3,447,856

 

4.31 Years

 

$48.22

 

$  135,503

 

Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted a binomial lattice model for the valuation of stock options. The weighted average fair value of options granted in 2007 and 2006 was $22.92 and $18.91, respectively. The fair value of each option granted in 2007 and 2006 used the following assumptions:

 

 

 

Year Ended

December 31, 2007

 

Year Ended

December 31, 2006

Risk-free interest rate

 

4.6%

 

4.9%

Expected life

 

6 years    

 

6 years    

Expected volatility 

 

24.3%  

 

23.9%  

Expected dividend yield

 

1.7%

 

1.5%

 

51

The weighted average fair value of the stock options granted during 2005 was $13.36, based on a Black-Scholes valuation model. The fair value of each option estimated on the date of grant used the following assumptions:

 

 

 

Year Ended

December 31, 2005

Risk-free interest rate

 

4.1%

Expected life

 

7 years    

Expected volatility

 

20.1%  

Expected dividend yield

 

1.8%

 

The risk-free interest rate is selected based on yields from U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term approximately equal to the expected term of the options being valued. The expected life selected for options granted during each year presented represents the period of time that the options are expected to be outstanding based on historical data of option holder exercise and termination behavior. Expected volatility is based upon implied and historical volatility of the closing price of the Company’s stock over a period equal to the expected life of each option grant. Historical company information is also the primary basis for selection of expected dividend yield assumptions.

 

Performance Shares

In 2007 and 2006, the Company awarded performance-based shares to certain executives. Receipt of Company stock is contingent upon the Company meeting sales growth and return on invested capital (ROIC) performance goals. Each participant was granted a base number of shares. At the end of the first year performance period, the number of shares granted will be increased, decreased or remain the same based upon actual Company-wide sales growth versus target sales growth. The shares, as determined at the end of the performance year, will be issued at the end of the third year if the Company’s average target ROIC is achieved during the vesting period.

 

Performance share value is based upon closing market prices on the last trading day preceding the date of award and is charged to earnings on a straight-line basis over the three year period. Holders of performance shares are entitled to receive cash payments equivalent to cash dividends after the end of the first year performance period. If the performance shares vest, they will be settled by the issuance of Company common stock in exchange for the performance shares on a one-for-one basis.

 

The following table summarizes the transactions involving performance-based share awards:

 

 

2007

 

2006

Beginning nonvested shares outstanding

37,812 

 

– 

Issuances

83,089 

 

37,812 

Cancellations

(4,105)

 

– 

Ending nonvested shares outstanding 

116,796 

 

37,812 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average per share value of issuances

$      68.64 

 

$     71.23 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2007, the unearned compensation related to performance-based share awards outstanding was $4.2 million, which the Company expects to recognize over a weighted average period of 1.7 years.

 

Restricted Stock

The plans authorize the granting of restricted stock, which is held by the Company pursuant to the terms and conditions related to the applicable grants. Except for the right of disposal, holders of restricted stock have full shareholders’ rights during the period of restriction, including voting rights and the right to receive dividends. Restricted stock grants have original vesting periods of six to ten years.

 

Compensation expense related to restricted stock awards is based upon the closing market price on the last trading day preceding the date of grant and is charged to earnings on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. The following table summarizes the transactions involving restricted stock granted to employees:

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

Beginning nonvested shares outstanding

105,000 

 

270,000 

 

322,000 

Cancellations

– 

 

(10,000)

 

(5,000)

Vesting

(40,000)

 

(155,000)

 

(47,000)

Ending nonvested shares outstanding 

65,000 

 

105,000 

 

270,000 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of shares vested

$ 3.0 million 

 

$ 11.1 million 

 

$ 3.0 million 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2007, there was $0.5 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested restricted stock, which the Company expects to recognize over a weighted average period of 1.5 years.

52

Restricted Stock Units (RSUs)

Awards of RSUs are provided for under the stock compensation plans. RSUs granted vest over periods from three to seven years from issuance, although accelerated vesting is provided in certain instances. Holders of RSUs are entitled to receive cash payments equivalent to cash dividends and other distributions paid with respect to common stock. At various times after vesting, RSUs will be settled by the issuance of stock evidencing the conversion of the RSUs into shares of the Company common stock on a one-for-one basis. Compensation expense related to RSUs is based upon the closing market prices on the last trading day preceding the date of award and is charged to earnings on a straight-line basis over the vesting period.

 

The following table summarizes RSUs activity:

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

Shares

Weighted

Average

 

Shares

Weighted

Average

 

Shares

Weighted

Average

Beginning nonvested units

740,200 

$65.24

 

517,000 

$49.74

 

369,800 

$47.70

Issuances

421,003 

$83.53

 

408,300 

$75.54

 

239,675 

$53.96

Cancellations

(74,030)

$71.99

 

(26,750)

$66.84

 

(22,375)

$52.25

Vestings

(104,605)

$75.85

 

(158,350)

$58.68

 

(70,100)

$52.54

Ending nonvested units

982,568 

$72.91

 

740,200 

$65.24

 

517,000 

$49.74

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of shares vested

$7.5 million 

 

 

$8.4 million 

 

 

$3.7 million 

 

 

At December 31, 2007, there was $38.7 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested RSUs which the Company expects to recognize over a weighted average period of 3.4 years.

 

Director Stock Awards

The Company provides members of the Board of Directors with deferred stock unit grants. A stock unit is the economic equivalent of a share of common stock. The number of units covered by each grant is equal to $60,000 divided by the fair market value of a share of common stock at the time of the grant, rounded up to the next ten-unit increment. The Company also awards stock units in connection with elective deferrals of director fees and dividend equivalents on existing stock units. Deferred fees and dividend equivalents on existing stock units are converted into stock units on the basis of the market value of the stock at the relevant times. Payment of the value of stock units is scheduled to be made after termination of service as a director. As of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, there were eleven, eleven and ten nonemployee directors who held stock units.

 

The Company recognizes income (expense) for the change in value of equivalent stock units. The following table summarizes activity for stock units related to deferred director fees (dollars in thousands):

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

Units

Dollars

 

Units

Dollars

 

Units

Dollars

Beginning balance

61,242 

$     4,283 

 

51,977 

$     3,696 

 

39,398 

$    2,625 

Dividends

1,099 

95 

 

902 

64 

 

722 

45 

Deferred fees

12,181 

1,012 

 

14,844 

1,128 

 

15,039 

856 

Retirement distributions

– 

– 

 

(6,481)

(461)

 

(3,182)

(198)

Unit appreciation (depreciation)

– 

1,132 

 

– 

(144)

 

– 

368 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance

74,522 

$     6,522 

 

61,242 

$     4,283 

 

51,977 

$    3,696 

 

APB No. 25 Pro Forma Disclosure

Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company applied Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (APB No. 25), and related interpretations in accounting for its stock-based compensation plans. Under APB No. 25, no compensation expense was recognized for non-qualified stock option awards as the exercise price of the awards on the date of grant was equal to the current market price of the Company’s stock. The Company also provided the disclosure-only pro forma expense provision of SFAS No. 123 in its footnotes.

 

53

For the year ended December 31, 2005, the following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 to stock-based compensation. For the purposes of this pro forma disclosure, the value of options was estimated using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

 

 

For the Year Ended

December 31, 2005

 

(In thousands of dollars,

except for per share amounts)

Net earnings, as reported

 

$      346,324 

 

Deduct:  Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined

under the fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax

 

(16,733)

 

Add:  Stock-based employee compensation cost, net of related tax, 

included in net earnings, as reported

 

6,644 

 

Net earnings, pro forma

 

$      336,235 

 

Earnings per share:

 

 

 

Basic – as reported

 

$            3.87 

 

Basic – pro forma

 

$            3.75 

 

Diluted – as reported

 

$            3.78 

 

Diluted – pro forma

 

$            3.65 

 

 

NOTE 13– CAPITAL STOCK

 

The Company had no shares of preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005. The activity of outstanding common stock and common stock held in treasury was as follows:

 

 

2007

2006

2005

 

Outstanding Common Stock

Treasury Stock

Outstanding Common Stock

Treasury Stock

Outstanding Common Stock

Treasury Stock

Balance at beginning of period

84,067,627 

25,590,311 

89,715,641 

19,952,297 

90,597,427 

19,075,511 

Exercise of stock options,

net of 3,318, 0 and

47,057 shares swapped

in stock-for-stock exchange

2,427,205 

(2,427,205)

1,390,461 

(1,390,461)

1,503,259 

(1,503,259)

Cancellation of shares related

to tax withholdings on restricted

stock vesting

(14,867)

14,867 

(59,297)

59,297 

(15,493)

15,493 

Settlement of restricted

stock units, net of 16,739, 6,228

and 3,017 shares retained,

respectively

31,057 

(29,776)

13,822 

(13,822)

7,748 

(7,748)

Cancellation of restricted shares

– 

– 

(10,000)

– 

(5,000)

– 

Purchase of treasury shares

(7,051,607)

7,051,607 

(6,983,000)

6,983,000 

(2,372,300)

2,372,300 

Balance at end of period

79,459,415 

30,199,804 

84,067,627 

25,590,311 

89,715,641 

19,952,297 

 

On August 17, 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the restoration of the share repurchase program to 10 million shares. The program, which has no stated expiration date, replaced the existing 10 million share program that was authorized in October 2006. A total of 4,010,200 shares had been acquired under the prior program.

 

On August 20, 2007, the Company entered into an accelerated share repurchase agreement (ASR) with Goldman, Sachs & Co. (Goldman) to purchase $500 million of its outstanding common stock. The Company paid Goldman $500 million on August 23, 2007, in exchange for an initial delivery of 5,316,007 shares. The ASR was treated as an equity transaction. At settlement, the Company was to receive or pay additional shares of its common stock or cash (at Grainger’s option), based upon the volume weighted average price during the term of the agreement. The ASR was completed on January 4, 2008. See Note 22 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion related to the ASR.

54

NOTE 14 – ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE EARNINGS

 

The following table sets forth the components of Accumulated other comprehensive earnings (losses), (in thousands of dollars):

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

$       94,683 

 

$     31,859 

 

$     33,188 

Effect of adopting SFAS No. 158 related to postretirement 

benefit plans and other employment-related benefit plans

 

– 

 

(36,783)

 

– 

Postretirement benefit plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prior service credit

 

10,592 

 

– 

 

– 

Transition asset

 

1,000 

 

– 

 

– 

Unrecognized (losses)

 

(25,405)

 

– 

 

– 

Unrecognized gains (losses) on other employment-related

benefit plans

 

1,335 

 

(524)

 

(579)

Deferred tax (liability) asset

 

(10,034)

 

8,879 

 

(5,527)

Total accumulated other comprehensive earnings

 

$       72,171 

 

$       3,431 

 

$     27,082 

 

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans – an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132R” (SFAS No. 158). SFAS No. 158 requires an employer to recognize in its statement of financial position an asset for a plan’s overfunded status or a liability for a plan’s underfunded status, measure a plan’s assets and its obligations that determine its funded status as of the end of the employer’s fiscal year (with limited exceptions), and recognize changes in the funded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan in the year in which the changes occur. SFAS No. 158 requires funded status changes of a defined benefit postretirement plan within accumulated other comprehensive earnings, net of tax, to the extent such changes are not recognized in earnings as components of net periodic benefit costs. The Company adopted SFAS No. 158 during the fourth quarter of 2006. As a result of the adoption, Grainger recorded an additional liability of $36.8 million to Accrued employment-related benefit costs offset by $14.3 million of deferred income taxes and a reduction of Accumulated other comprehensive earnings.

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments result from the translation of assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries and are accumulated in this section of Shareholders’ Equity. The increase in foreign currency translation adjustments in 2007 is primarily due to the weakening of the U.S. dollar versus the Canadian dollar.

 

NOTE 15 – INCOME TAXES

 

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.

 

Income tax expense consisted of (in thousands of dollars):

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

Current provision:

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

$   238,220 

 

$    172,961 

 

$    134,194

State

42,401 

 

31,725 

 

27,517

Foreign

15,329 

 

5,080 

 

976

Total current

295,950 

 

209,766 

 

162,687

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax provision (benefit):

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

(28,520)

 

8,996 

 

17,575

State

(5,013)

 

1,636 

 

3,298

Foreign

(676)

 

(774)

 

2,790

Total Deferred

(34,209)

 

9,858 

 

23,663

Total provision

$   261,741 

 

$    219,624 

 

$    186,350

 

55

Earnings before income taxes by geographical area consisted of the following (in thousands of dollars):

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

United States

$       646,762 

 

$        588,322 

 

$       518,038 

Canada

38,766 

 

12,387 

 

9,702 

Other countries

(3,667)

 

2,314 

 

4,934 

 

$       681,861 

 

$        603,023 

 

$       532,674 

 

The income tax effects of temporary differences that gave rise to the net deferred tax asset were (in thousands of dollars):

 

 

As of December 31,

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Inventory

$         19,577 

 

$         13,809 

 

$         28,817 

Accrued expenses

30,295 

 

28,606 

 

30,463 

Accrued employment-related benefits

111,147 

 

99,006 

 

71,446 

Foreign operating loss carryforwards

10,239 

 

9,530 

 

9,272 

Property, buildings and equipment

3,189 

 

– 

 

– 

Other

8,064 

 

8,582 

 

7,364 

Deferred tax assets

182,511 

 

159,533 

 

147,362 

Less valuation allowance

(13,551)

 

(13,461)

 

(10,872)

Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

$       168,960 

 

$       146,072 

 

$       136,490 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Purchased tax benefits

$          (6,779)

 

$          (7,715)

 

$          (8,965)

Property, buildings and equipment

– 

 

(4,303)

 

(17,423)

Intangibles

(16,884)

 

(14,182)

 

(10,219)

Software

(9,710)

 

(10,627)

 

(7,177)

Prepaids

(16,625)

 

(14,111)

 

(1,950)

Foreign currency gain

(13,661)

 

(4,453)

 

(4,599)

Deferred tax liabilities

(63,659)

 

(55,391)

 

(50,333)

Net deferred tax asset

$       105,301 

 

$         90,681 

 

$         86,157 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The net deferred tax asset is classified as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

$         56,663 

 

$         48,123 

 

$         76,474 

Noncurrent assets

54,658 

 

48,793 

 

16,702 

Noncurrent liabilities (foreign)

(6,020)

 

(6,235)

 

(7,019)

Net deferred tax asset

$       105,301 

 

$         90,681 

 

$         86,157 

 

At December 31, 2007, the Company had $32.3 million of foreign operating loss carryforwards related to foreign operations, some of which begin to expire in 2008. The valuation allowance represents a provision for uncertainty as to the realization of the tax benefits of these carryforwards. In addition, the Company recorded a valuation allowance to reflect the estimated amount of deferred tax assets that may not be realized.

 

The changes in the valuation allowance were as follows (in thousands of dollars):

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

Beginning balance

$      13,461 

 

$     10,872 

 

$     10,265

Increase (decrease) related to foreign net operating

loss carryforwards

1,329 

 

(70)

 

607

(Decrease) increase related to capital losses and other 

(1,239)

 

2,659 

 

Ending balance

$      13,551 

 

$     13,461 

 

$     10,872

 

56

A reconciliation of income tax expense with federal income taxes at the statutory rate follows (in thousands of dollars):

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

Federal income tax at the 35% statutory rate

$    238,651 

 

$    211,058 

 

$    186,436 

State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit

24,302 

 

22,795 

 

20,030 

Resolution of prior year tax contingencies

– 

 

(12,200)

 

(9,700)

Other – net

(1,212)

 

(2,029)

 

(10,416)

Income tax expense

$    261,741 

 

$    219,624 

 

$    186,350 

Effective tax rate

38.4% 

 

36.4% 

 

35.0% 

 

Undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries at December 31, 2007, amounted to $10.5 million. No provision for deferred U.S. income taxes has been made for these subsidiaries because the Company intends to permanently reinvest such earnings in those foreign operations. Additionally, if such earnings were repatriated, U.S. taxes payable would be substantially eliminated by available tax credits arising from taxes paid outside of the United States.

 

On January 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48. As a result, the Company recognized a decrease of approximately $0.9 million in the liability for tax uncertainties, which resulted in an increase to the January 1, 2007, balance of Retained earnings.

 

The changes in the liability for tax uncertainties, excluding interest and penalties, are as follows (in thousands of dollars):

 

 

2007

Balance at beginning of year

$      15,274 

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

3,060 

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

(4,729)

Settlements (audit payments) refunds – net

(37)

Balance at end of year

$      13,568 

 

The Company classifies the liability for tax uncertainties in Deferred income taxes and tax uncertainties. Included in this amount is $3.3 million of tax positions for which the ultimate deductibility is highly certain but for which there is uncertainty about the timing of such deductibility. Any changes in the timing of deductibility of these items would not affect the annual effective tax rate but would accelerate the payment of cash to the taxing authority to an earlier period.

 

The Company regularly undergoes examination of its federal income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS). The Company and the IRS have settled tax years through 2004. The Company is not currently under examination by the IRS nor under notice of a pending examination. The Company is also subject to state and local income tax audits and foreign jurisdiction tax audits. The Company’s tax years 2002 – 2007 remain subject to state, local and foreign audits. The Company does not expect any material changes to the estimated amount of liability associated with its uncertain tax positions within the next twelve months.

 

The Company recognizes interest expense and penalties in the provision for income taxes. The current year provision includes $0.7 million for interest and penalties. The Company accrued $1.1 million for interest and penalties at December 31, 2007.

57

NOTE 16 – EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

Basic earnings per share is based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share is based on the combination of weighted average number of shares outstanding and dilutive potential shares. The Company had additional outstanding stock options of 0.01 million, 1.36 million and 0.04 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, that were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share because the options’ exercise price was greater than the average market price of the common stock.

 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share:

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

(In thousands, except for per share amounts)

Net earnings

$         420,120

 

$         383,399

 

$         346,324

 

 

 

 

 

 

Denominator for basic earnings per share – 

weighted average shares

82,404

 

87,839

 

89,569

Effect of dilutive securities – stock-based compensation

2,641

 

2,685

 

2,019

Denominator for diluted earnings per share – weighted

average shares adjusted for dilutive securities

85,045

 

90,524

 

91,588

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per common share

$               5.10

 

$               4.36

 

$               3.87

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per common share

$               4.94

 

$               4.24

 

$               3.78

 

NOTE 17 – PREFERRED SHARE PURCHASE RIGHTS

 

The Company has a shareholder rights plan, under which there is outstanding one preferred share purchase right (Right) for each outstanding share of the Company’s common stock. Each Right, under certain circumstances, may be exercised to purchase one one-hundredth of a share of Series A-1999 Junior Participating Preferred Stock (intended to be the economic equivalent of one share of the Company’s common stock) at a price of $250.00, subject to adjustment. The Rights become exercisable only after a person or group, other than a person or group exempt under the plan, acquires or announces a tender offer for 15% or more of the Company’s common stock. If a person or group, other than a person or group exempt under the plan, acquires 15% or more of the Company’s common stock or if the Company is acquired in a merger or other business combination transaction, each Right generally entitles the holder, other than such person or group, to purchase, at the then-current exercise price, stock and/or other securities or assets of the Company or the acquiring company having a market value of twice the exercise price.

 

The Rights expire on May 15, 2009, unless earlier redeemed. They generally are redeemable at $.001 per Right until thirty days following announcement that a person or group, other than a person or group exempt under the plan, has acquired 15% or more of the Company’s common stock. The Rights do not have voting or dividend rights and, until they become exercisable, have no dilutive effect on the earnings of the Company.

58

NOTE 18 – SEGMENT INFORMATION

 

The Company has three reportable segments: Grainger Branch-based, Acklands – Grainger Branch-based and Lab Safety. Grainger Branch-based is an aggregation of the following business units: Grainger Industrial Supply, Grainger, S.A. de C.V. (Mexico), Grainger Caribe Inc. (Puerto Rico) and Grainger China LLC (China). Acklands – Grainger is the Company’s Canadian branch-based distribution business. Lab Safety is a direct marketer of safety and other industrial products.

 

The Company’s branch-based segments offer similar services and products while the Lab Safety segment offers differing ranges of services and products and requires different resources and marketing strategies. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. Intersegment transfer prices are established at external selling prices, less costs not incurred due to a related party sale.

 

The following is the segment information (in thousands of dollars):

 

2007

 

Grainger Branch-based

 

Acklands – Grainger Branch-based

 

Lab Safety

 

Total

Total net sales

$      5,352,520 

 

$                   636,524

 

$434,663 

 

$6,423,707 

Intersegment net sales

(1,997)

 

 

(3,696)

 

(5,693)

Net sales to external customers

5,350,523 

 

636,524

 

430,967 

 

6,418,014 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Segment operating earnings

669,441 

 

44,218

 

54,287 

 

767,946 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Segment assets

2,107,408 

 

502,414

 

212,627 

 

2,822,449 

Depreciation and amortization

100,082 

 

10,786

 

9,126 

 

119,994 

Additions to long-lived assets

$         155,936 

 

$                     10,794

 

$    7,844 

 

$   174,574 

 

 

2006

 

Grainger Branch-based

 

Acklands – Grainger Branch-based

 

Lab Safety

 

Total

Total net sales

$      4,910,836 

 

$                   565,098

 

$411,511 

 

$5,887,445 

Intersegment net sales

(1,214)

 

 

(2,577)

 

(3,791)

Net sales to external customers

4,909,622 

 

565,098

 

408,934 

 

5,883,654 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Segment operating earnings

593,455 

 

15,242

 

52,283 

 

660,980 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Segment assets

1,938,270 

 

394,707

 

215,515 

 

2,548,492 

Depreciation and amortization

88,753 

 

9,505

 

8,099 

 

106,357 

Additions to long-lived assets

$         112,414 

 

$                       8,238

 

$  37,733 

 

$   158,385 

 

 

2005

 

Grainger Branch-based

 

Acklands – Grainger Branch-based

 

Lab Safety

 

Total

Total net sales

$      4,649,200 

 

$                   502,021

 

$380,091 

 

$5,531,312 

Intersegment net sales

(2,125)

 

 

(2,551)

 

(4,676)

Net sales to external customers

4,647,075 

 

502,021

 

377,540 

 

5,526,636 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Segment operating earnings

522,635 

 

14,003

 

52,712 

 

589,350 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Segment assets

1,821,897 

 

389,855

 

175,201 

 

2,386,953 

Depreciation and amortization

80,994 

 

7,638

 

7,756 

 

96,388 

Additions to long-lived assets

$         129,326 

 

$                     17,405

 

$  27,107 

 

$   173,838 

 

59

Following are reconciliations of the segment information with the consolidated totals per the financial statements (in thousands of dollars):

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

Operating earnings:

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating earnings for reportable segments

$           767,946 

 

$           660,980 

 

$           589,350 

Unallocated expenses

(97,293)

 

(82,909)

 

(70,361)

Total consolidated operating earnings

$           670,653 

 

$           578,071 

 

$           518,989 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets for reportable segments

$        2,822,449 

 

$        2,548,492 

 

$        2,386,953 

Unallocated assets

271,579 

 

497,596 

 

720,968 

Total consolidated assets

$        3,094,028 

 

$        3,046,088 

 

$        3,107,921 

 

 

2007

 

Segment Totals

 

Unallocated

 

Consolidated Total

Other significant items:

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

$     119,994

 

$             12,005

 

$           131,999

Additions to long-lived assets

$     174,574

 

$             25,558

 

$           200,132

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

Long-lived Assets

Geographic information:

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

 

$        5,643,500

 

$           961,624

Canada

 

 

640,121

 

206,133

Other foreign countries

 

 

134,393

 

20,135

 

 

 

$        6,418,014

 

$        1,187,892

 

2006

 

Segment Totals

 

Unallocated

 

Consolidated Total

Other significant items:

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

$     106,357

 

$             12,211

 

$           118,568

Additions to long-lived assets

$     158,385

 

$             14,268

 

$           172,653

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

Long-Lived Assets

Geographic information:

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

 

$        5,197,240

 

$           909,188

Canada

 

 

567,626

 

176,097

Other foreign countries

 

 

118,788

 

8,784

 

 

 

$        5,883,654

 

$        1,094,069

 

60

 

 

2005

 

Segment Totals

 

Unallocated

 

Consolidated Total

Other significant items:

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

$       96,388

 

$             12,394

 

$           108,782

Additions to long-lived assets

$     173,838

 

$               5,528

 

$           179,366

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

Long-Lived Assets

Geographic information:

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

 

$        4,897,309

 

$           864,154

Canada

 

 

504,373

 

178,609

Other foreign countries

 

 

124,954

 

4,610

 

 

 

$        5,526,636

 

$        1,047,373

 

Long-lived assets consist of property, buildings, equipment, capitalized software, goodwill and other intangibles.

 

Revenues are attributed to countries based on the ship-to location of the customer.

 

Unallocated expenses and unallocated assets primarily relate to the Company headquarters’ support services, which are not part of any business segment. Unallocated expenses include payroll and benefits, depreciation and other costs associated with headquarters-related support services. Unallocated assets include non-operating cash and cash equivalents, certain prepaid expenses and property, buildings and equipment – net.

 

Unallocated expenses increased $14.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2007, when compared with the prior year primarily driven by payroll and benefits due to increased incentive-related expenses as a result of the Company’s performance. Unallocated assets decreased $226.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2007, when compared with the prior year primarily driven by the decrease in non-operating cash and cash equivalents related to the Company’s ongoing share repurchase program.

 

The change in the carrying amount of goodwill by segment from January 1, 2005 to December 31, 2007, is as follows:

 

Goodwill,   net   by   Segment

 

Acklands – Grainger

Branch-based

 

Lab Safety

 

Total

Balance at January 1, 2005

 

$                   117,083 

 

$        47,928 

 

$    165,011 

Acquisition

 

– 

 

14,019 

 

14,019 

Translation

 

3,696 

 

– 

 

3,696 

Balance at December 31, 2005

 

120,779 

 

61,947 

 

182,726 

Acquisitions 

 

– 

 

28,276 

 

28,276 

Translation

 

(331)

 

– 

 

(331)

Balance at December 31, 2006

 

120,448 

 

90,223 

 

210,671 

Acquisition

 

– 

 

1,473 

 

1,473 

Translation

 

20,884 

 

– 

 

20,884 

Balance at December 31, 2007

 

$                   141,332 

 

$        91,696 

 

$    233,028 

 

61

NOTE 19 – SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

 

A summary of selected quarterly information for 2007 and 2006 is as follows:

 

 

 

2007 Quarter Ended

 

 

(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)

 

 

March 31

 

June 30

 

September 30

 

December 31

 

Total

Net sales

 

$  1,546,658

 

$  1,601,011

 

$       1,658,592

 

$     1,611,753

 

$  6,418,014

Cost of merchandise sold

 

914,570

 

960,546

 

999,003

 

940,272

 

3,814,391

Gross profit

 

632,088

 

640,465

 

659,589

 

671,481

 

2,603,623

Warehousing, marketing and 

administrative expenses

 

469,503

 

473,890

 

485,257

 

504,320

 

1,932,970

Operating earnings

 

162,585

 

166,575

 

174,332

 

167,161

 

670,653

Net earnings

 

101,787

 

104,791

 

109,150

 

104,392

 

420,120

Earnings per share - basic

 

1.21

 

1.25

 

1.33

 

1.32

 

5.10

Earnings per share - diluted

 

$           1.17

 

$           1.21

 

$                1.29

 

$              1.28

 

$           4.94

 

 

2006 Quarter Ended

 

 

(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)

 

 

March 31

 

June 30

 

September 30

 

December 31

 

Total

Net sales

 

$  1,419,117

 

$  1,482,880

 

$       1,519,499

 

$     1,462,158

 

$  5,883,654

Cost of merchandise sold

 

848,790

 

899,575

 

920,412

 

860,727

 

3,529,504

Gross profit

 

570,327

 

583,305

 

599,087

 

601,431

 

2,354,150

Warehousing, marketing and 

administrative expenses

 

435,910

 

438,761

 

447,774

 

453,634

 

1,776,079

Operating earnings

 

134,417

 

144,544

 

151,313

 

147,797

 

578,071

Net earnings

 

86,233

 

93,739

 

104,494

 

98,933

 

383,399

Earnings per share - basic

 

0.96

 

1.05

 

1.20

 

1.15

 

4.36

Earnings per share - diluted

 

$           0.93

 

$           1.02

 

$                1.16

 

$              1.13

 

$           4.24

 

The 2006 fourth quarter included a $0.06 per share benefit from a reduction of deferred tax liabilities related to property, buildings and equipment. The 2006 third quarter included a $0.09 per share benefit from the resolution of uncertainties related to the audit of the 2004 tax year.

 

NOTE 20 – UNCLASSIFIED – NET

 

The components of Unclassified – net were as follows (in thousands of dollars):

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

Income items

$         404 

 

$         359 

 

$          25 

Expense items

(363)

 

(228)

 

(168)

Unclassified – net

$           41 

 

$         131 

 

$       (143)

 

62

NOTE 21 – CONTINGENCIES AND LEGAL MATTERS

 

The Company has an outstanding guarantee relating to an industrial revenue bond assumed by the buyer of one of the Company’s formerly owned facilities. The maximum exposure under this guarantee is $8.5 million and it expires on December 15, 2008. The Company has not recorded any liability relating to this guarantee and believes it is unlikely that material payments will be required.

 

The Company has been named, along with numerous other nonaffiliated companies, as a defendant in litigation in various states involving asbestos and/or silica. These lawsuits typically assert claims of personal injury arising from alleged exposure to asbestos and/or silica as a consequence of products purportedly distributed by the Company. As of January 14, 2008, the Company is named in cases filed on behalf of approximately 2,800 plaintiffs in which there is an allegation of exposure to asbestos and/or silica.

 

The Company has denied, or intends to deny, the allegations in all of the above-described lawsuits. In 2007, lawsuits relating to asbestos and/or silica and involving approximately 250 plaintiffs were dismissed with respect to the Company, typically based on the lack of product identification. If a specific product distributed by the Company is identified in any of these lawsuits, the Company would attempt to exercise indemnification remedies against the product manufacturer. In addition, the Company believes that a substantial number of these claims are covered by insurance. The Company is engaged in active discussions with its insurance carriers regarding the scope and amount of coverage. While the Company is unable to predict the outcome of these lawsuits, it believes that the ultimate resolution will not have, either individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

The Company is a party to a contract with the United States General Services Administration (the “GSA”) first entered into in 1999 and subsequently extended in 2004. The GSA contract has been the subject of an ongoing audit performed by the GSA’s Office of the Inspector General (the “OIG”) and the Company has previously responded to subpoenas issued by the OIG in connection with its audit. In December of 2007, the Company received a letter from the Justice Department’s Commercial Litigation Branch of the Civil Division suggesting that the Company had not complied with the GSA contract’s disclosure obligations and pricing provisions, and had potentially overcharged government customers under the contract. On January 29, 2008, the Justice Department intervened in a civil “qui tam” action previously filed under seal by a former employee of the Company in the U. S. District Court for the Eastern District of Wisconsin relating to the GSA contract. The complaint alleges that the Company failed to comply with the pricing provisions of the GSA contract and that sales made by the Company pursuant to the contract violated the Buy American Act and Trade Agreement Act. The complaint seeks various remedies including treble damages, statutory penalties and disgorgement of profits. Although the Company believes that it has complied with the GSA contract in all material respects, it is unable, at this time, to predict the outcome of this matter.

 

In addition to the foregoing, from time to time the Company is involved in various other legal and administrative proceedings that are incidental to its business, including claims relating to product liability, general negligence, environmental issues, employment, intellectual property and other matters. As a government contractor, from time to time the Company is also subject to governmental or regulatory inquiries or audits or other proceedings, including those related to pricing compliance and Trade Agreement Act compliance. It is not expected that the ultimate resolution of any of these matters will have, either individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

NOTE 22 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

On January 4, 2008, pursuant to the Company’s accelerated share repurchase agreement (ASR), Goldman, Sachs & Co. (Goldman) informed the Company that it had completed its obligations under the agreement. As described in Note 13, final settlement of the agreement would be based on the volume weighted average price of the Company’s shares during the purchase period and the initial number of shares delivered. Accordingly, the Company received 415,274 shares of its common stock from Goldman as final settlement of the ASR. A total of 5,731,281 shares were repurchased under the ASR.

 

63

 

 

Exhibit 10(v)

 

W.W. GRAINGER, INC.

EXECUTIVE DEATH BENEFIT PLAN

As amended and restated effective January 1, 2008

 

ARTICLE   1

PURPOSE

1.1    Purpose . The purpose of this W.W. GRAINGER, INC. EXECUTIVE DEATH BENEFIT PLAN (the “Plan”) is to improve and maintain relations with a select group of management employees (the “key employees”), to induce them to remain employed by W.W. Grainger, Inc., its divisions or subsidiaries, and to provide an incentive to them to not enter into competitive employment or engage in a competitive business by providing supplemental survivor security benefits. All benefits hereunder shall be paid solely from the general assets of the Company, and the right of any Participant or Beneficiary to receive payments under this Plan shall be as an unsecured general creditor of the Company. This Plan, as amended and restated, is intended to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A, and shall apply to any Participant whose full benefit under the Plan was not vested and finally determinable as of December 31, 2004. For any Participant whose full benefit under the Plan was vested and finally determinable on or before December 31, 2004, such benefit shall be governed by the terms of the Plan as in effect on such date.

1.2    Construction . In construing the terms of the Plan, the primary consideration shall be the Plan’s stated purpose, i.e., to provide certain disability and survivors’ benefits and to supplement certain benefits from the Company’s Group Insurance Plans.

ARTICLE   2

DEFINITIONS AND DESIGNATIONS

2.1   “ Annual Compensation ” shall mean the sum of:

(a)  the annual salary of the Participant determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in effect on the Date Creating an Entitlement, and

(b)  the Participant’s target bonus under the Company’s Management Incentive Program (which term shall be deemed to include such equivalent incentive bonus programs as the Committee may recognize for purposes of this Plan) for the calendar year in which the Date Creating an Entitlement occurs.

2.2   “ Average Monthly Earnings ” shall mean Annual Compensation divided by twelve (12).

2.3   “ Committee ” shall mean the Compensation Committee of Management described in Article VII hereof.

2.4   “ Company ” shall mean W.W. Grainger, Inc., an Illinois corporation, and its divisions and subsidiaries.

2.5   “ Date Creating an Entitlement ” shall mean the Participant’s date of death for benefits described in Section 4.1 or date of Separation from Service for benefits described in Section 4.3. Notwithstanding, if a Participant’s annual salary and/or target bonus under the Company’s Management Incentive Program is significantly decreased while such Participant continues to be employed in good standing by the Company, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, define Date Creating an Entitlement for that Participant as the day immediately prior to the effective date of such decrease.

2.6   “ Disability ” shall mean:

(a)  The Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months; or

(b)  The Participant is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under the Company’s short term or long term disability plan; or

(c)  The Participant is determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration; or

(d)  The Participant is determined to be “disabled” under the Company’s long term disability plan, provided that the definition of “disabled” under such long term disability plan complies with the requirements of subsections (i) and (ii) above.

2.7   “ Early Retirement Date ” shall mean the earliest of the date on which the Participant:

 

(a)  attains age sixty (60),

 

(b)  attains age fifty-five (55) or older after completing ten (10) Years of Service,

 

(c)  completes twenty-five (25) Years of Service, or

 

(d)  incurs a Disability.

 

2.8    “Forfeiting Act ” shall mean the Participant’s fraud, dishonesty, willful destruction of Company property, revealing Company trade secrets, acts of competition against the Company or acts in aid of a competitor of the Company.

 

 

2

 

 

2.9   “ Group Life Insurance Plan ” shall mean the Company’s Group Term Life and Accidental Death and Dismemberment Insurance Plan (or equivalent program as recognized by the committee for purposes of this plan), as amended from time to time.

2.10   “ Normal Retirement Date ” shall mean the date on which the Participant attains age sixty-five (65).

2.11   “ Participant ” shall mean a person designated as such under Article III of the Plan.

2.12   “ Plan ” shall mean the W.W. Grainger, Inc. Executive Death Benefit Plan.

2.13   “ Separation from Service ” shall mean the Participant’s death, retirement or other termination of employment with the Company and all Affiliates. For purposes of this definition, a “termination of employment” shall occur when the facts and circumstances indicate that the Company and the employee reasonably anticipate that no further services would be performed by the employee for the Company and any Affiliate after a certain date or that the level of bona fide services the employee would perform after such date (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor), would permanently decrease to no more than 20% of the average level of bona fide services performed (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) over the immediately preceding thirty-six (36)-month period (or full period of services to the Company and all Affiliates if the employee has been providing services to the Company less than thirty-six (36) months).

2.14   “ Years of Service ” shall mean years that a Participant hereunder is “eligible” under the W.W. Grainger, Inc. Employees Profit Sharing Plan or such equivalent retirement program as the committee may recognize for purposes of this Plan.

ARTICLE   3

PARTICIPATION

3.1    Eligibility to Participate . An Employee of the Company shall become eligible to be a Participant in the Plan by designation of the Committee. The Committee shall make such designation, specifying the effective date of the Participant’s eligibility. The Committee shall notify each Participant of his eligibility date. Each designated Employee shall furnish such information and perform such acts as the Committee may require prior to becoming a Participant.

3.2    Re-Employment . Any Participant who terminates employment shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan on re-employment unless the Committee so determines. In such event, the Committee shall specify the effective date of the Participant’s renewed eligibility. The Committee shall notify each re-employed former Participant of his eligibility, of the effective date and of the conditions of participation.

 

 

3

 

 

ARTICLE   4

DEATH BENEFITS

4.1    Death During Employment . If a Participant’s death occurs while he is in the employ of the Company, his Beneficiary shall receive a monthly payment in an amount equal to:

(a)  fifty percent (50%) of the Participant’s Average Monthly Earnings as defined under the Plan on the Date Creating an Entitlement, which payments shall commence on the first day of the month following the Participant’s death and end as of the date on which the 120th monthly payment is made; or

(b)  for a Participant who was a Participant on the effective date of the First Amendment of the Plan [May 8, 1995], and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in section 8.2:

(i)  fifty percent (50%) of the Participant’s Average Monthly Earnings as defined under the Plan on the Date Creating an Entitlement, determined without regard to Section 2.1(b).

(ii)  which payment shall commence on the first day of the month following the Participant’s death and end as of the later of the date the Participant would have attained age 65 or the date on which the 120th monthly payment is made, if the benefit so calculated would have a greater present value on the date of the Participant’s death than the benefit calculated under paragraph (a) next above. The Committee shall use reasonable and consistent assumptions to determine present values.

4.2    Additional Death Benefit . The Company will maintain death benefit coverage for each Participant in the amount of fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) under the Company’s Group Life Insurance Plan. Payment of such benefit shall be made in accordance with the provisions of the Group Life Insurance Plan.

4.3    Death After Retirement . If a Participant incurs a Separation from Service on or after an Early Retirement Date, or on or after his Normal Retirement Date, and dies after such Separation from Service, the Company will pay to his Beneficiary a lump sum death benefit equal to one hundred percent (100%) of his Annual Compensation as defined under the Plan on the Date Creating an Entitlement. Such death benefit amount shall be increased to reflect estimated federal income tax payable on such death benefit, based on the then maximum tax rate, determined in accordance with rules established from time to time by the Committee, provided that in no event shall the death benefit exceed two hundred percent (200%) of Annual Compensation.

4.4    Cashout of Death Benefit Upon Retirement . If a Participant incurs a Separation from Service on or after an Early Retirement Date, or on or after a Normal Retirement Date, the Participant shall receive, if previously elected on a form approved by the Committee, a lump sum benefit equal to the present value [determined using an annualized interest rate factor of six percent (6%)] of the death benefit that would have been payable on behalf of such Participant

 

 

4

 

 

under Section 4.3 if such Participant had died at age eighty (80), increased to reflect estimated federal income tax as provided in Section 4.3. A Participant’s election under this Section 4.4 shall be irrevocable and shall not be given effect unless it is submitted to the Committee or its designee prior to the Participant’s Separation from Service and on or before December 31, 2008; provided that any election made on or prior to December 31, 2008 may only apply to amounts that would not otherwise be payable during the year in which the election is made and may not cause an amount to be paid in the year in which the election is made that would otherwise not be paid in that year. For any Participant who becomes covered under this Plan on or after January 1, 2009, such designation must be made within 30 days after being designated a Participant by the Committee. The lump sum benefit payable under this Section 4.4, if properly elected, shall be paid within ninety (90) days after the end of the second calendar quarter in which Separation from Service occurs; provided that such payment shall not be made earlier than six (6) months and one (1) day after such Separation from Service. Following payment of a benefit under this Section 4.4, no additional benefits shall be payable to or on behalf of a Participant under this Plan.

4.5    Death After Termination of Employment . Except as provided in Section 4.3, no benefits shall be payable to or on behalf of a Participant whose death occurs subsequent to his Termination of Employment.

4.6    Benefit Upon Change in Control . Upon a Change in Control (as defined in Section 2.8 of the W.W. Grainger, Inc. 2005 Incentive Plan, as may be amended from time to time), that is also a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company (as defined in Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(i)(5)) for each Participant who then has reached his Early Retirement Date or Normal Retirement Date, the Company immediately will pay to such Participant a lump sum benefit equal to the present value (determined using 120% of the applicable federal rate as defined under Section 1274 of the Internal Revenue Code and published periodically by the Internal Revenue Service) of the death benefit that would have been payable on behalf of such Participant under Section 4.3 if such Participant had died at age eighty (80). In determining whether a Participant has reached his Early Retirement Date or Normal Retirement Date for purposes of this Section 4.6, the Participant’s age and Years of Service each shall be deemed increased by three (3) years. Following payment of a benefit under this Section 4.6, no additional benefits shall be payable to or on behalf of a Participant under this Plan.

ARTICLE   5

BENEFICIARIES

5.1    Designation by Participant . Each Participant may designate a Beneficiary or Beneficiaries who shall, upon his death, receive the death benefits, if any, payable pursuant to Sections 4.1 and 4.3. The Participant’s Beneficiary under this Plan shall be the Beneficiary designated by the Participant in the Special Beneficiary Designation filed under the Company’s Group Life Insurance Plan unless the Participant files a written notice of a different Beneficiary Designation in such form as the Committee requires. The form may include contingent Beneficiaries. A Beneficiary Designation shall be effective when filed during the Participant’s life, in accordance with applicable Company procedures, and shall cancel and revoke all prior designations.

 

 

5

 

 

5.2    Payment of Benefits Upon Death - Other Beneficiary . If no primary or contingent Beneficiary survives a Participant or if no Beneficiary Designation is in effect upon his death, then the payments shall be made to the deceased Participant’s spouse. If his spouse does not survive him, then payments shall be made to the Participant’s descendants who survive him by right of representation; or if no descendants of the Participant survive him, then to his estate. In the event any person entitled to receive benefits in accordance with this Section dies prior to his receipt of all of the benefits to which he is entitled, the balance of such benefits, if any, shall be payable to the next class of recipients.

5.3    Minors and Persons Under Legal Disability . Benefits payable to a minor or a person under a legal disability shall be paid in a manner determined appropriate by the Committee.

ARTICLE   6

CLAIMS PROCEDURE

6.1    Claim for Benefits . Any claim for benefits under the Plan shall be made in writing to any member of the Committee. If such claim for benefits is wholly or partially denied by the Committee Members, the Committee Members shall, within a reasonable period of time, but not later than sixty (60) days after receipt of the claim, notify the claimant of the denial of the claim. Such notice of denial shall be in writing and shall contain:

 

(a)  the specific reason or reasons for denial of the claim,

 

(b)  a reference to the relevant Plan provisions upon which the denial is based,

 

(c)  a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim, together with an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and

 

(d)  an explanation of the Plan’s claim review procedure.

 

6.2     Request for Review of a Denial of a Claim for Benefits . Upon the receipt by the claimant of written notice of denial of the claim, the claimant may within ninety (90) days file a written request to the full Committee, requesting a review of the denial of the claim, which review shall include a hearing if deemed necessary by the Committee. In connection with the claimant’s appeal of the denial of his claim, he may review relevant documents and may submit issues and comments in writing.

6.3     Decision Upon Review of Denial of Claim for Benefits . The Committee shall render a decision on the claim review promptly, but no more than sixty (60) days after the receipt of the claimant’s request for review, unless special circumstances (such as the need to hold a hearing) require an extension of time, in which case the sixty (60)-day period shall be extended to one hundred twenty (120) days. Such decision shall:

 

(a)  include specific reasons for the decision,

 

(b)  be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, and

 

 

 

6

 

 

(c)  contain specific references to the relevant Plan provisions upon which the decision is based.

 

ARTICLE   7

COMMITTEE

7.1    General Rights, Powers and Duties of the Committee . The Compensation Committee of Management shall be the Named Fiduciary and Committee responsible for the management, operation and administration of the Plan. In addition to any powers, rights and duties set forth elsewhere in the Plan, it shall have the following powers and duties:

 

(a)  to adopt such rules and regulations consistent with the provisions of the Plan as it deems necessary for the proper and efficient administration of the Plan;

 

(b)  to enforce the Plan in accordance with its terms and any rules and regulations it establishes;

 

(c)  to maintain records concerning the Plan sufficient to prepare reports, returns and other information required by the Plan or by law;

 

(d)  to construe and interpret the Plan and to resolve all questions arising under the Plan;

 

(e)  to direct the Company to pay benefits under the Plan, and to give such other directions and instructions as may be necessary for the proper administration of the Plan;

 

(f)  to employ or retain agents, attorneys, actuaries, accountants or other persons, who may also be employed by or represent the Company; and

 

(g)  to be responsible for the preparation, filing and disclosure on behalf of the Plan of such documents and reports as are required by any applicable federal or state law.

 

7.2    Information to be Furnished to Committee . The Company shall furnish the Committee such data and information as it may require. The records of the Company shall be determinative of each Participant’s period of employment, termination of employment and the reason therefor, leave of absence, re-employment, Years of Service, personal data, and Compensation or bonus reductions. Participants and their Beneficiaries shall furnish to the Committee such evidence, data or information, and execute such documents as the Committee requests.

7.3    Responsibility . No member of the Committee or of the Board of Directors of the Company shall be liable to any person for any action taken or omitted in connection with the administration of this Plan unless attributable to his own fraud or willful misconduct; nor shall the Company be liable to any person for any such action unless attributable to fraud or willful misconduct on the part of a director, officer or employee of the Company.

 

 

7

 

 

ARTICLE   8

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

8.1    Amendment . The Plan may be amended in whole or in part by the Company at any time by a resolution of the Board of Directors delivered to the Committee; provided, however, that no amendment of the Plan adopted on or after the date of a Change in Control shall (i) adversely affect the eligibility of any Participant to continue to qualify as a Participant or (ii) eliminate, reduce or otherwise adversely affect the amount or terms of benefits payable to or on behalf of any Participant.

8.2    Right to Terminate Plan . The Company reserves the right to reduce or terminate benefits under the Plan with regard to any or all Participants at any time before the date of a Change in Control by a resolution of the Board of Directors delivered to the Committee; provided however, that both before and after a Change in Control, a Beneficiary receiving benefits payable by the Plan shall continue to receive such benefits, and further provided, that at any time before the date of a Change in Control, the Company may not terminate its obligation to pay the death benefit to the Beneficiary of a Participant who:

 

(a)  already has incurred a Separation from Service after his Early or Normal Retirement Date, or

 

(b)  is still an active Employee but has attained an Early Retirement Date.

 

The amount of the benefit payable in the event clause (b) above is applicable shall be determined as if the date of the reduction in benefits or termination of the Plan is a Date Creating an Entitlement. The Committee shall notify any Participant affected by such reduction of termination or such action and its effective date within thirty (30) days after it receives notice from the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, on and after the date of a Change in Control, the provisions of Section 4.5 shall be applicable, rather than the foregoing provisions of this Section 8.2, with respect to participants who are then living.

ARTICLE   9

MISCELLANEOUS

9.1    No Funding nor Guarantee . This plan is unfunded. Nothing contained in the Plan shall be deemed to create a trust or fiduciary relationship of any kind. The rights of Participants and of any Beneficiary shall be no greater than the rights of unsecured general creditors of the Company. Nothing contained in the Plan constitutes a guarantee by the Company that the assets of the Company will be sufficient to pay any benefit to any person.

9.2    Inalienability of Benefits . The right of any Participant or Beneficiary to any benefit or payment under the Plan shall not be subject to voluntary or involuntary transfer, alienation, pledge, assignment, garnishment, sequestration or other legal or equitable process. Any attempt to transfer, alienate, pledge, assign or otherwise dispose of such right or any attempt to subject such right to attachment, execution, garnishment, sequestration or other legal or equitable process shall be null and void.

 

 

8

 

 

9.3    No Implied Rights . Neither the establishment of the Plan nor any modification thereof shall be construed as giving any Participant, Beneficiary or other person any legal or equitable right unless such right shall be specifically provided for in the Plan or conferred by affirmative action of the Company in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Plan.

9.4    Forfeiture for Cause . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan to the contrary, if the Participant commits one or more Forfeiting Acts during his employment with the Company, all benefits due the Participant or his Beneficiary shall be forfeited. This provision shall apply regardless of the date the Company first learns of the occurrence of a Forfeiting Act.

9.5    Binding Effect . The provisions of the Plan shall be binding on the Company, the Committee and all persons entitled to benefits under the Plan, together with their respective heirs, legal representatives and successors in interest.

9.6    Governing Laws . The Plan shall be construed and administered according to the laws of the State of Illinois.

9.7    Number and Gender . Whenever appropriate, the singular shall include the plural, the plural shall include the singular, and the masculine shall include the feminine or neuter.

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10(ix)

 

 

 

 

W.W. GRAINGER, INC.

SUPPLEMENTAL PROFIT SHARING PLAN II

(Effective January 1, 2005, and as amended and restated effective January 1, 2008)

W.W. GRAINGER, INC.

SUPPLEMENTAL PROFIT SHARING PLAN II

(Effective January 1, 2005, and as amended and restated effective January 1, 2008)

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

PAGE

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE ONE

 

PURPOSE AND EFFECTIVE DATE

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE TWO

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE THREE

 

ADMINISTRATION

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE FOUR

 

ELIGIBILITY

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE FIVE

 

BENEFITS AND ACCOUNTS

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE SIX

 

VESTING

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE SEVEN

 

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE EIGHT

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

6

 

 

 

 

i

 

 

W.W. GRAINGER, INC.

SUPPLEMENTAL PROFIT SHARING PLAN II

(Effective January 1, 2005, and as amended and restated effective January 1, 2008)

 

ARTICLE ONE

PURPOSE AND EFFECTIVE DATE

1.1       Purpose of Plan . The purpose of this W.W. Grainger, Inc. Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan II is to provide key executives with profit sharing and retirement benefits commensurate with their current compensation unaffected by limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code on qualified retirement plans. The Plan is intended to constitute an excess benefit plan, as defined in Section 3(36) of ERISA, and a “top hat” plan, as defined in Section 201(2) of ERISA. The Plan is also intended to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A.

1.2        Effective Date . The Plan is a continuation of the W.W. Grainger, Inc. Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan that was originally established effective as of January 1, 1983. The terms of the Original Plan as in effect on December 31, 2004 will continue to govern the benefits that were earned and vested (as adjusted for earnings and losses thereon), as defined in Code Section 409A, as of December 31, 2004 (including vested amounts credited to Participants’ accounts relating to the 2004 Plan Year). The Plan will govern benefits that are earned and/or become vested on and after January 1, 2005. The Plan, as amended and restated as evidenced by this document, will govern benefits that are earned and/or become vested on and after January 1, 2005.

ARTICLE TWO

DEFINITIONS

2.1        Definitions . Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below and, when intended, such terms shall be capitalized.

 

(a)

“Affiliate” shall mean any corporation or enterprise, other than the Company, which, as of a given date, is a member of the same controlled group of corporations, the same group of trades or businesses under common control, or the same affiliated service group, determined in accordance with Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m) and (o), as is the Company.

 

(b)

“Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

(c)

“Committee” shall mean the Profit Sharing Trust Committee.

 

(d)

“Company” shall mean W.W. Grainger, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Illinois, and subsidiaries thereof.

 

 

1

 

 

 

(e)

“Disability” shall mean:

 

(i)

The Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months; or

 

(ii)

The Participant is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under the Company’s short term or long term disability plan; or

 

(iii)

The Participant is determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration; or

 

(iv)

The Participant is determined to be “disabled” under the Company’s long term disability plan, provided that the definition of “disabled” under such long term disability plan complies with the requirements of subsections (i) and (ii) above.

 

(f)

“Employee” shall mean any person who is employed by the Company.

 

(g)

“ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

 

(h)

“Hardship” shall mean an unforeseeable emergency that is a severe financial hardship of the Participant resulting from (A) an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant’s spouse or the Participant’s dependent (as defined in Code Section 152(a); (B) loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty (including the need to rebuild a home following damage to a home not otherwise covered by insurance, for example, as a result of a nature disaster); or (C) other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant. An occurrence or event will not be determined to be a Hardship to the extent that such hardship is or may be relieved: (i) through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise, or (ii) by liquidation of the Participant’s assets, to the extent liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship.

 

(i)

“Original Plan” shall mean the W.W. Grainger, Inc. Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan that was originally established effective as of January 1, 1983 and as amended through March 3, 2004.

 

 

2

 

 

 

(j)

“Participant” shall mean any Employee selected by the Committee to participate in this Plan pursuant to Article Four or any individual with an account balance under the Plan.

 

(k)

“Plan” shall mean this W.W. Grainger, Inc. Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan II.

 

(l)

“Plan Year” shall mean the calendar year.

 

(m)

“Profit Sharing Plan” shall mean the W.W. Grainger, Inc. Employees Profit Sharing Plan as amended from time to time.

 

(n)

“Separation from Service” means the Participant’s death, retirement or other termination of employment with the Company and all Affiliates. For purposes of this definition, a “termination of employment” shall occur when the facts and circumstances indicate that the Company and the employee reasonably anticipate that no further services would be performed by the employee for the Company and any Affiliate after a certain date or that the level of bona fide services the employee would perform after such date (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor), would permanently decrease to no more than 20% of the average level of bona fide services performed (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) over the immediately preceding thirty-six (36)-month period (or full period of services to the Company and all Affiliates if the employee has been providing services to the Company less than thirty-six (36) months).

2.2        Gender and Number . Except when otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used in this plan also shall include the feminine; the plural shall include the singular and the singular shall include the plural.

ARTICLE THREE

ADMINISTRATION

3.1        Administration by Committee . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which is appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company to administer this Plan and the Profit Sharing Plan.

3.2        Authority of Committee . The Committee shall have the authority to interpret the Plan, to establish and revise rules and regulations relating to the Plan, to designate Participants, and to make all determinations that it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

ARTICLE FOUR

ELIGIBILITY

4.1        Participants . The Committee shall select the Employee or Employees who shall participate in this Plan, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 4.2. Once an Employee is

 

 

3

 

 

designated a Participant, he shall remain a Participant for the purposes specified in Section 5.1 until the earlier of his death, Disability, or Separation from Service, and he shall remain a Participant for the purposes specified in Section 5.2 until all amounts in his account have been distributed to him (or on his behalf).

4.2        Limitations on Eligibility . The Committee may select as Participants in this Plan only those Employees who are “Eligible Employees” in the Profit Sharing Plan (as defined therein) and whose share of contributions and forfeitures under the Profit Sharing Plan are limited by:

 

(a)

Section 415 of the Code; or

 

(b)

Any other provision of the Code or ERISA, provided that the Employee is among “a select group of management or highly compensated Employees” of the Company, within the meaning of Sections 201, 301, and 401 of ERISA, such that the Plan with respect to benefits attributable to this subsection (b) qualifies for a “top hat” exemption from most of the substantive requirements of Title I of ERISA.

ARTICLE FIVE

BENEFITS AND ACCOUNTS

5.1        Accounts . An account shall be established for each Participant. Each year there shall be credited to each Participant’s account the difference between (a) the aggregate amount of Company contributions and forfeitures that would have been allocated to the account of the Participant in the Profit Sharing Plan without regard to the contribution limitations described in Section 4.2 hereof; and (b) the amount of Company contributions and forfeitures actually allocated to the account of the Participant in the Profit Sharing Plan.

5.2        Earnings . In addition to the credit under Section 5.1, if any, earnings shall be credited to each Participant’s account based on the applicable earnings factor. For purposes of the Plan, the applicable earnings factor for any Participant shall be the rate of return on the investment alternatives that are offered under the Plan and in which the Participant has elected to have his Plan account deemed to be invested. Unless otherwise specified by the Committee, the investment alternatives offered under the Plan shall be the same investment alternatives that are available for investment of Participants’ accounts under the Profit Sharing Plan. The Committee shall establish uniform and nondiscriminatory rules and procedures pursuant to which Participants may elect among the applicable investment alternatives; provided, however, that if a Grainger stock fund is offered as an investment alternative under the Plan, such investment alternative shall be subject to the same restrictions as apply to an investment in the Grainger Stock Fund under the Profit Sharing Plan. Adjustments to Participants’ accounts under the Plan to reflect the earnings factor shall be made at the same time and in the same manner as earnings are credited to Participants’ accounts under the Profit Sharing Plan. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 5.2, any investment elections in effect under the Profit Sharing Plan on December 31, 2005 shall apply for purposes of the Plan thereafter unless and until changed by the Participant. Notwithstanding a Participant’s election with respect to the investment of his or her account under the Plan, any such investment election shall be hypothetical, neither the

 

 

4

 

 

Company nor the Committee shall have any obligation to purchase any investment to provide benefits under the Plan and, in the event the Company does purchase an investment, such investment shall be for the sole benefit of the Company and Plan Participants shall have no rights under or with respect to such investment.

5.3        Distribution Upon Separation from Service . In the event of a Participant’s Separation from Service for any reason other than death, except as provided in the next succeeding paragraph, the Participant’s vested account balance under this Plan shall become payable to the Participant in the form of a lump sum payment paid during the seventh calendar month after the end of the calendar month in which Separation from Service occurs.

An Employee may, at any time prior to becoming a Participant in this Plan (or within thirty (30) days after the first Plan Year in which he/she earns a benefit under the Plan) elect, in accordance with procedures established by the Committee, to receive his accounts in from 2 to 15 annual installments rather than in a lump sum. An Employee who becomes a Participant in this Plan on or after January 1, 2005 and on or before December 31, 2008 (including an Employee who was a Participant in the Original Plan and who continues as a Participant in this Plan), may elect on or before December 31, 2008, in accordance with procedures established by the Committee, to receive installment payments rather than a lump sum payment; provided that such election may only apply to amounts that would not otherwise be payable in 2008 and may not cause an amount to be paid in 2008 that would not otherwise be payable in 2008; provided, further, that any election made prior to 2008 may only apply to amounts that would not otherwise be payable during the year in which the election is made and may not cause an amount to be paid in the year in which the election is made that would otherwise not be paid in that year. The elections described in the preceding two sentences shall be invalid if the Participant’s vested account balance in this Plan at the time of Separation from Service is less than $100,000, in which case such account balance shall be paid in a single lump sum as provided in the preceding paragraph.

If a Participant elects to receive installment payments, the first annual installment shall be paid to the Participant during the seventh calendar month after the end of the calendar month in which Separation from Service occurs. Any remaining installments shall be paid in the first calendar quarter of each subsequent year.

The amount of each annual installment shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the value of the Participant’s vested account balance on the effective date of the related employment termination (and on the date of each subsequent installment, as appropriate) by the number of years remaining in the distribution period including that installment. The Participant’s vested account balance shall continue to accrue earnings, as specified in Section 5.2, until the entire vested account balance has been paid.

5.4        Death Benefit . In the event of a Participant’s death, the Participant’s entire remaining account balance shall be paid in a lump sum, within ninety (90) days after the end of the calendar quarter in which such death occurs, to the Participant’s beneficiary, as such beneficiary was designated by the Participant in accordance with the Company’s beneficiary designation procedures.

 

 

5

 

 

In the event a Participant dies without having designated a beneficiary, or with no surviving beneficiary, the Participant’s account balance shall be paid in a lump sum to the Participant’s estate within ninety (90) days after the end of the calendar quarter in which death occurs.

5.5        Hardship Distribution . Notwithstanding the terms and conditions of Section 5.3, a Participant may at any time on or after his Separation from Service petition the Committee to request that payment of a portion or all of his remaining vested account balance be made in a lump sum due to circumstances of Hardship. Amounts distributed pursuant to a Hardship may not exceed the amounts necessary to satisfy such Hardship plus amounts necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of the Hardship distribution. The Committee, at its sole discretion, shall make a binding determination as to whether such a Hardship exists.

ARTICLE SIX

VESTING

6.1        Vesting . Subject to Section 8.1, each Participant shall become vested in his account balance under this Plan at the same rate and at the same time as he becomes vested in his account balance in the Profit Sharing Plan.

ARTICLE SEVEN

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

7.1        Amendment . The Company shall have the power at any time and from time to time to amend this Plan by resolution of its Board of Directors, provided that no amendment shall be adopted the effect of which would be to deprive any Participant of his vested interest in his account under this Plan; except that the Board of Directors may adopt any prospective or retroactive amendment that it determines is necessary for the Plan to maintain its compliance with Code Section 409A.

7.2        Termination . The Company reserves the right to terminate this Plan at any time by resolution of its Board of Directors. Subject to Section 8.1, upon termination of this Plan, each Participant shall become fully vested in his account balance and such account balance shall become payable at the same time and in the same manner as provided in Article Five.

7.3        Former Employees . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event of any amendment of the Plan with respect to the payment of vested account balances or the termination of the Plan pursuant to this Article, former employees for whom accounts are then maintained under the Plan will be treated no less favorably with respect to such amendment or termination than active employees for whom accounts are then maintained under the Plan.

ARTICLE EIGHT

MISCELLANEOUS

8.1        Funding . This Plan shall be unfunded. No contributions shall be made to any separate funding vehicle. The Company may set up reserves on its books of account evidencing the liability under this Plan. To the extent that any person acquires an account balance hereunder or a right to receive payments from the Company, such right shall be no greater than the right of a general unsecured creditor.

 

 

6

 

 

 

8.2

Limitation of Rights .  Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to:

 

(a)

Give any Employee any right to participate in the Plan except in accordance with the provisions of the Plan;

 

(b)

Limit in any way the right of the Company to terminate an Employee’s employment; or

 

(c)

Evidence any agreement or understanding, express or implied, that the Company will employ an Employee in any particular position or at any particular rate of remuneration.

8.3        Nonalienation . No benefits under this Plan shall be pledged, assigned, transferred, sold or in any manner whatsoever anticipated, charged, or encumbered by an Employee, former Employee, or their beneficiaries, or in any manner be liable for the debts, contracts, obligations, or engagements of any person having a possible interest in the Plan, voluntary or involuntary, or for any claims, legal or equitable, against any such person, including claims for alimony or the support of any spouse.

8.4        Controlling Law . Except to the extent governed by Federal law, this Plan shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois in every respect, including without limitation, validity, interpretation and performance.

8.5        Text Controls . Article headings are included in the Plan for convenience of reference only, and the Plan is to be construed without any reference to such headings. If there is any conflict between such headings and the text of the Plan, the text shall control.

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10(x)

 

CHANGE IN CONTROL EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

(Senior Executive)

 

AGREEMENT by and between W.W. Grainger, Inc., an Illinois corporation (the “ Company ”), and INSERT NAME (“ Executive ”), dated as of December 10, 2007 (the “ Agreement Date ”).

 

Recitals

 

A. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders to assure that the Company will have the continued dedication of Executive, notwithstanding the possibility, threat, or occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined below) of the Company.

 

B. The Board believes it is imperative to diminish the inevitable distraction of Executive by virtue of the personal uncertainties and risks created by a pending or threatened Change in Control, to encourage Executive's full attention and dedication to the Company, and to provide Executive with compensation and benefits arrangements upon a Change in Control which (i) will satisfy Executive's compensation and benefits expectations and (ii) are competitive with those of other major corporations.

 

Agreement

 

In consideration of the mutual agreements contained herein, and of certain other commitments separately made by the Executive to the Company concerning the Company's competitors, the protection of the Company's confidential information, and the non-solicitation of the Company's customers and employees, the Company and Executive hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Certain Definitions . The terms set forth below in alphabetical order have the following meanings (such meanings to be applicable to both the singular and plural forms):

 

Accrued Annual Bonus ” means the amount of any annual bonus accrued but not yet paid with respect to each fiscal year of the Company ended prior to the Date of Termination.

 

Accrued Base Salary ” means the amount of Executive's Annual Base Salary which is accrued but not yet paid as of the Date of Termination.

 

Accrued Obligations ” -- see Section 4(a)(i)(A).

Agreement Term ” means the period commencing on the Agreement Date and ending on the third anniversary of such date or, if later, such later date to which the Agreement Term is extended pursuant to the following sentence. On each day after the second anniversary of the Agreement Date, the Agreement Term shall be automatically extended by one day to create a new one-year term until, at any time on or after the second anniversary of the Agreement Date, the Company delivers a written notice (an “ Expiration Notice ”) to Executive stating that this Agreement shall expire on a date specified in the Expiration Notice (the “ Expiration Date ”) that is at least 12 months after the date the Expiration Notice is delivered to Executive; provided, however, that if a Change in Control occurs before the Expiration Date specified in an Expiration Notice, then (a) such Expiration Notice shall automatically be cancelled and of no further effect and (b) the Company shall not give Executive any additional Expiration Notice prior to the date which is 24 months after the Effective Date.

 

Annual Base Salary ” -- see Section 2(b)(i).

 

Annual Bonus ” -- see Section 2(b)(ii).

 

Average Profit Sharing Plan Contribution ” -- see Section 2(b)(iii).

 

Cause ” -- see Section 3(b).

 

Change in Control ” means any one or more of the following events:

 

(a) the consummation of:

 

(i) any merger, reorganization or consolidation of the Company or any Subsidiary with or into any corporation or other Person if Persons who were the beneficial owners (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 under the Act) of the Company’s Common Stock and securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (“ Voting Securities ”) immediately before such merger, reorganization or consolidation are not, immediately thereafter, the beneficially owners, directly or indirectly, of at least 60% of the then-outstanding common shares and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding Voting Securities (“ Voting Power ”) of the corporation or other Person surviving or resulting from such merger, reorganization or consolidation (or the parent corporation thereof) in substantially the same respective proportions as their beneficial ownership, immediately before the consummation of such merger, reorganization or consolidation, of the then-outstanding Common Stock and Voting Power of the Company; or

 

(ii) the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company, other than a sale or other disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of its consolidated assets to an entity of which at least 60% of the common shares and the Voting Power outstanding

 

2

immediately after such sale or other disposition are then beneficially owned (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 under the Act) by shareholders of the Company in substantially the same respective proportions as their beneficial ownership of Common Stock and Voting Power of the Company immediately before the consummation of such sale or other disposition; or

 

(b) approval by the shareholders of the Company of a liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or

 

(c) the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the directors of the Company then serving: individuals who, on the Agreement Date, constitute the Board and any subsequently-appointed or elected director of the Company whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company's shareholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Company’s directors then in office whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended or who were directors on the Agreement Date; or

 

(d) the acquisition or holding by any person, entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Act), other than by any Exempt Person, the Company, any Subsidiary, any employee benefit plan of the Company or a Subsidiary, of beneficial ownership (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 under the Act) of 20% or more of either the Company’s then-outstanding Common Stock or Voting Power; provided that:

 

(i) no such person, entity or group shall be deemed to own beneficially any securities held by the Company or a Subsidiary or any employee benefit plan (or any related trust) of the Company or a Subsidiary;

 

(ii) no Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred solely by reason of any such acquisition if both (x) after giving effect to acquisition, such person, entity or group has beneficial ownership of less than 30% of the then-outstanding Common Stock and Voting Power of the Company and (y) prior to such acquisition, at least two-thirds of the directors described in paragraph (c) of this definition vote to adopt a resolution of the Board to the specific effect that such acquisition shall not be deemed a Change in Control; and

 

(iii) no Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred solely by reason any such acquisition or holding in connection with any merger, reorganization or consolidation of the Company or any Subsidiary which is not a Change in Control within the meaning of paragraph (a)(i) of this definition.

 

Notwithstanding the occurrence of any of the foregoing events, no Change in Control shall occur with respect to Executive if (i) the event which otherwise would be a

 

3

Change in Control (or the transaction which resulted in such event) was initiated by Executive or was discussed by him with any third party, in either case without the approval of the Board with respect to Executive’s initiation or discussion, as applicable, or (ii) Executive is, by written agreement, a participant on his own behalf in a transaction in which the persons (or their affiliates) with whom Executive has the written agreement cause the Change in Control to occur and, pursuant to the written agreement, Executive has an equity interest (or a right to acquire such equity interest) in the resulting entity.

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Date of Termination ” means the effective date of any termination of Executive's employment for any or no reason, whether by the Company or by Executive, as specified in the Notice of Termination; provided, however, that if Executive's employment is terminated by reason of his death or Disability, the Date of Termination shall be the date of death or the Disability Effective Date, as the case may be.

 

Effective Date ” means the first date during the Agreement Term on which a Change in Control occurs. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if Executive's employment with the Company is terminated prior to the date on which a Change in Control occurs, and Executive reasonably demonstrates that such termination of employment (i) was requested by a third party who has taken steps reasonably calculated to effect the Change in Control or (ii) otherwise arose in connection with or anticipation of the Change in Control, then for all purposes of this Agreement the Effective Date shall be the date immediately prior to the Date of Termination.

 

Employment Period ” means the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the second anniversary of such date.

 

Exempt Person ” means any one or more of the following:

 

(a) any descendant of W.W. Grainger, or any spouse, widow or widower of W.W. Grainger or any such descendant (any such descendants, spouses, widows and widowers collectively defined as the “ Grainger Family Members ”);

 

(b) any descendant of E.O. Slavik, or any spouse, widow or widower of E.O. Slavik or any such descendant (any such descendants, spouses, widows and widowers collectively defined as the “ Slavik Family Members ” and with the Grainger Family Members collectively defined as the “ Family Members ”);

 

(c) any trust which is in existence on the Agreement Date and which has been established by one or more Grainger Family Members, any estate of a Grainger Family Member who died on or before the Agreement Date, and The

 

4

Grainger Foundation (such trusts, estates and named entity collectively defined as the “ Grainger Family Entities ”);

 

(d) any trust which is in existence on the Agreement Date and which has been established by one or more Slavik Family Members, any estate of a Slavik Family Member who died on or before the Agreement Date and Mark IV Capital, Inc. (such trusts, estates and named entities collectively defined as the “ Slavik Family Entities ” and with the Grainger Family Entities collectively defined as the “ Existing Family Entities ”);

 

(e) any estate of a Family Member who dies after the Agreement Date or any trust established after the Agreement Date by one or more Family Members or Existing Family Entities; provided that one or more Family Members, Existing Family Entities or charitable organizations which qualify as exempt organizations under Section 501(c) of the Code (“ Charitable Organizations ”), collectively are the beneficiaries of at least 50% of the actuarially-determined beneficial interests in such estate or trust;

 

(f) any Charitable Organization which is established by one or more Family Members or Existing Family Entities (a “ Family Charitable Organization ”);

 

(g) any corporation of which a majority of the voting power and a majority of the equity interest is held, directly or indirectly, by or for the benefit of one or more Family Members, Existing Family Entities, estates or trusts described in clause (e) above, or Family Charitable Organizations; or

 

(h) any partnership or other entity or arrangement of which a majority of the voting interest and a majority of the economic interest is held, directly or indirectly, by or for the benefit of one or more Family Members, Existing Family Entities, estates or trusts described in clause (e) above, or Family Charitable Organizations.

 

Good Reason ” -- see Section 3(c).

 

Gross-Up Multiple ” -- see Section 9(e).

 

including ” means including without limitation.

 

Non-Employee Director ” means a director of the Company who is not an employee of (i) the Company, (ii) any Subsidiary or (iii) any Person who beneficially owns more than 30% of the Common Stock then outstanding.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, sole proprietorship, trust or other entity.

 

Policies ” means policies, practices and programs.

 

5

 

Prorated Annual Bonus ” means the product of (i) the amount of the annual bonus to which Executive would have been entitled (based on target-level performance) if he had been employed by the Company on the last day of the Company's fiscal year that includes the Date of Termination and if performance were achieved at the target level for such fiscal year, multiplied by (ii) a fraction of which the numerator is the numbers of days that have elapsed in such fiscal year through the Date of Termination and the denominator is 365.

 

Subsidiary ” means corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other business entity in which the Company, directly or indirectly, holds a majority of the voting power of the outstanding securities.

 

Target Bonus ” means the amount of the annual bonus which Executive was, as of the Date of Termination, eligible to receive in respect of the fiscal year of the Date of Termination, assuming for purposes of this paragraph (i) that target-level performance had been achieved for such fiscal year, (ii) that Executive's employment would have continued until the first date on which such annual bonus would have been payable, and (iii) if the amount of such annual bonus that Executive was eligible to receive was reduced after the Effective Date (whether or not such reduction qualified as Good Reason), that such reduction had not occurred.

 

Taxes ” means the incremental United States federal, state and local income, excise and other taxes payable by Executive with respect to any applicable item of income.

 

2. Terms of Employment . The Company shall continue Executive in its employ during the Employment Period on the following terms and conditions:

 

(a) Position and Duties .

 

(i) During the Employment Period, (A) Executive's position (including status, offices, titles and reporting requirements), authority, duties and responsibilities shall be at least commensurate in all material respects with the most significant of those held, exercised and assigned at any time during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date and (B) Executive's services shall be performed at the location where Executive was employed immediately preceding the Effective Date or any office or location less than 50 miles from such location.

 

(ii) During the Employment Period, and excluding any periods of vacation, sick leave and disability to which Executive is entitled, Executive shall devote reasonable attention and time during normal business hours to the business and affairs of the Company and, to the extent necessary to discharge the responsibilities assigned to Executive thereunder, use Executive's reasonable best efforts to perform faithfully and efficiently such

 

6

responsibilities. During the Employment Period, Executive may (A) serve on corporate, civic or charitable boards or committees, (B) deliver lectures, fulfill speaking engagements or teach at educational institutions and (C) manage personal investments, so long as such activities are consistent with the policies of the Company at the Effective Date and do not significantly interfere with the performance of Executive's responsibilities (as set forth in this Agreement) as an employee of the Company. To the extent that any such activities have been conducted by Executive prior to the Effective Date and were consistent with the policies of the Company at the Effective Date, the continued conduct of such activities (or the conduct of activities similar in nature and scope thereto) subsequent to the Effective Date shall not thereafter be deemed to interfere with the performance of Executive's responsibilities to the Company.

 

(b) Compensation .

 

(i) Base Salary . During the Employment Period, Executive shall receive an annual base salary in cash (“ Annual Base Salary ”), which shall be paid in a manner consistent with the Company's payroll practices immediately preceding the Effective Date at a rate at least equal to 12 times the highest monthly base salary (unreduced by any salary reductions or deferrals pursuant to a plan maintained under Section 401(k) of the Code or any similar plan) paid or payable to Executive by the Company in respect of the 12-month period immediately preceding the month in which the Effective Date occurs. During the Employment Period, the Company shall review the Annual Base Salary at least annually and may increase Annual Base Salary at any time and from time to time based on the performance of the Executive and the Company. Any increase in Annual Base Salary shall not serve to limit or reduce any other obligation to Executive under this Agreement. Annual Base Salary shall not be reduced after any such increase and the term “Annual Base Salary” shall refer to Annual Base Salary as so increased.

 

(ii) Annual Bonus . In addition to Annual Base Salary, during the Employment Period Executive shall be entitled to participate in the Management Incentive Program or other annual bonus program maintained by the Company for peer executives, and the Executive's target bonus thereunder shall be not be less than the Target Bonus. Any annual bonus due to Executive under such program (the " Annual Bonus ") shall be paid in cash no later than 90 days after the end of the fiscal year for which the Annual Bonus is awarded, unless Executive shall elect to defer the receipt of such Annual Bonus.

 

(iii) Incentive, Savings and Retirement Plans . In addition to Annual Base Salary and Annual Bonus payable as hereinabove provided, Executive shall be entitled to participate during the Employment Period in all incentive, savings and retirement plans and Policies applicable to peer

 

7

executives of the Company, but in no event shall such plans and Policies provide Executive with incentive, savings and retirement benefits opportunities, in each case, less favorable, in the aggregate, than the most favorable of those provided by the Company for Executive under such plans and Policies as in effect at any time during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date. Benefits to which this paragraph shall apply include, but are not limited to, a contribution (“ Average Profit Sharing Plan Contribution ”) for each calendar year of Executive's employment during the Employment Period, on Executive's behalf to the W.W. Grainger, Inc. Profit Sharing Plan (the “ PST ”) and, if applicable, a credit under the W.W. Grainger, Inc. Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan (the “ Supplemental Plan ” and with the PST, collectively referred to as the “ Profit Sharing Plans ”) equal to not less than the product of (A) the average percentage of the sum of Executive's base salary and annual bonus paid or payable as a contribution to or credit under the Profit Sharing Plans, as applicable, for the three fiscal years preceding the Effective Date, and (B) the sum of Executive's Annual Base Salary and annual bonus, each as of the first day of such calendar year. In the event that a contribution or credit, as applicable, of less than the Average Profit Sharing Plan Contribution is made to the Profit Sharing Plans on Executive's behalf for any calendar year of Executive's employment during the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to a cash payment equal to the difference between the Average Profit Sharing Plan Contribution and the amount of the Company's contribution or credit, as applicable, to the Profit Sharing Plans on Executive's behalf for such year, payable at the time that the Company's contribution is made to the PST, but in no event later than the date prescribed by law, including extensions of time, for the filing of the Company's federal income tax return for such year.

 

(iv) Welfare Benefit Plans . During the Employment Period, Executive and/or Executive's family, as the case may be, shall be eligible to participate in and shall receive all benefits under welfare benefit plans and Policies provided by the Company (including medical, prescription, dental, disability, salary continuance, employee life, group life, accidental death and travel accident insurance plans and programs) and applicable to peer executives of the Company, but in no event shall such plans and Policies provide benefits which are less favorable, in the aggregate, than the most favorable of such plans and Policies in effect at any time during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date.

 

(v) Expenses . During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by Executive in accordance with the most favorable Policies of the Company in effect at any time during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to Executive, as in effect at any time thereafter with respect to peer executives of the Company.

 

8

(vi) Fringe Benefits . During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to fringe benefits in accordance with the most favorable plans and Policies of the Company in effect at any time during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to Executive, as in effect at any time thereafter with respect to peer executives of the Company.

 

(vii) Office; Support Staff . During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to an office or offices of a size and with furnishings and other appointments, and to personal secretarial and other assistance, at least equal to the most favorable of the foregoing provided to Executive by the Company at any time during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to Executive, as provided at any time thereafter with respect to peer executives of the Company.

 

(viii) Vacation . During the Employment Period, Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation in accordance with the most favorable plans and Policies of the Company as in effect at any time during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to Executive, as in effect at any time thereafter with respect to peer executives of the Company.

 

(ix) Subsidiaries . To the extent that, immediately prior to the Effective Date, Executive has been on the payroll of, and participated in the bonus, incentive or employee benefit plans of, a Subsidiary, the references to the Company contained in Sections 2(b)(i) through 2(b)(viii) and elsewhere in this Agreement referring to benefits to which Executive may be entitled shall also refer to such Subsidiary.

 

3. Termination of Employment .

 

(a) Death or Disability . Executive's employment shall terminate automatically upon Executive's death during the Employment Period. If the Company determines in good faith that the Disability of Executive has occurred during the Employment Period, it may give to Executive written notice of its intention to terminate Executive's employment. In such event, Executive's employment with the Company shall terminate as of the 30th day after Executive’s receipt of such notice (the “ Disability Effective Date ”); provided that, within the 30 days after such receipt, Executive shall not have returned to full-time performance of his duties. “ Disability ” means the absence of Executive from Executive's duties with the Company on a full-time basis for a period of time equal to the Waiting Period as a result of incapacity due to mental or physical illness that is determined to be total and permanent by a physician selected by the Company or its insurers and acceptable to Executive or Executive's legal representative (such agreement as to acceptability not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). “ Waiting Period ” means the waiting period under

 

9

a long-term disability plan of the Company that is applicable to Executive and satisfies the requirements of Section 2(b)(iv).

 

(b) Cause . The Company may terminate Executive's employment during the Employment Period for Cause. “ Cause ” means the occurrence of any one or more of the following actions or failures to act as determined by the Board in its reasonable judgment and in good faith:

 

(i) embezzlement, fraud or theft with respect to the property of the Company or a conviction for any felony involving moral turpitude or causing material harm, financial or otherwise, to the Company;

 

(ii) habitual neglect in the performance of Executive's significant duties (other than on account of incapacity due to physical or mental illness or Disability); or

 

(iii) a demonstrably deliberate act or failure to act, including a violation of the rules or policies of the Company, which causes a material financial or other loss, damage or injury to the property, reputation or employees of the Company; provided, however, that, unless such an act or a failure to act was done by Executive in bad faith or without a reasonable belief that Executive's act or failure to act, as the case may be, was in the best interest of the Company or was required by applicable law, such act or failure to act shall not constitute Cause if, within 20 days after the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company gives Executive written notice of such act or failure to act that specifically refers to this Section, Executive cures such act or failure to act to the fullest extent that it is curable.

 

“Cause” shall not mean (x) bad judgment or negligence other than habitual neglect of significant duties or (y) any act or omission in respect of which the Board could have properly determined that Executive met the applicable standard of conduct for the indemnification or reimbursement under the by-laws of the Company or applicable law, in each case as in effect at the time of such act or omission. In addition, a termination of Executive's employment shall not be deemed to be for Cause unless each of the following conditions is satisfied:

 

(v) The Company provides Executive a written notice (a “ Notice of Intent to Terminate ”) not less than 30 days prior to the Date of Termination setting forth the Company's intention to consider terminating Executive’s employment. Such Notice shall include a statement of the intended Date of Termination and a detailed description of the specific facts that the Company believes to constitute Cause.

 

(w) No act or omission of Executive shall constitute Cause if such act or omission occurred more than 12 months before the earliest date on which any member of the Board who is not a party to the act or omission

 

10

knew or in the reasonable exercise of his or her duties as a director should have known of such act or omission.

 

(x) Executive is offered an opportunity to respond to such Notice of Intent to Terminate by appearing in person, together with Executive's legal counsel, before the Board on a date specified in the Notice of Intent to Terminate, which date shall be at least 25 days after Executive’s receipt of the Notice of Intent to Terminate and, in any event, at least five days prior to the Date of Termination proposed in such Notice.

 

(y) By a vote of the Board that includes the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the Non-Employee Directors, the Board determines that the actions of Executive specified in the Notice of Intent to Terminate constitute Cause and that Executive's employment should accordingly be terminated for Cause.

 

(z) The Company provides Executive a copy of the Board's written determination setting forth in detail (I) the specific basis for such termination for Cause and (II) if the Date of Termination is other than the date of Executive’s receipt of such determination, the Date of Termination (which date shall be not more than 15 days after the giving of such notice).

 

By determination of the Board, the Company may suspend Executive from his duties for a period of up to 30 days with full pay and benefits thereunder during the period of time in which the Board is determining whether to terminate Executive for Cause. Any purported termination for Cause by the Company that does not satisfy each substantive and procedural requirement of this Section 3(b) shall be treated for all purposes under this Agreement as a termination by the Company without Cause.

 

(c) Good Reason . Executive may terminate his employment at any time during the Employment Period for Good Reason. “ Good Reason ” means any one or more of the following:

 

(i) the assignment to Executive of any duties inconsistent in any material respect with Executive's position (including status, offices, titles and reporting requirements), authority, duties or responsibilities as contemplated by Section 2(a), or any other action by the Company which results in a material adverse change in such position, authority, duties or responsibilities, excluding an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action not taken in bad faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by Executive (it being understood that, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if a substantial portion of Executive's duties prior to the Change in Control related to the Company's status as a public company and such activities no longer constitute a substantial portion of Executive's duties during the Employment Period, then Executive shall be deemed to have "Good Reason");

 

11

 

(ii) any reduction by the Company in the base salary, annual bonus opportunity or long-term incentive opportunity provided to the Executive under Section 2(b), or any material reduction by the Company in the aggregate benefits (other than base salary, annual bonus opportunity or long-term incentive opportunity) provided to the Executive under such section;

 

(iii) any requirement that Executive be based at any office or location other than the location specified in Section 2(a)(i)(B);

 

(iv) any purported termination by the Company of Executive's employment otherwise than as expressly permitted by this Agreement (it being understood that any such purported termination shall not be effective for any other purpose of this Agreement); or

 

(v) any failure by the Company to comply with Section 10(c).

 

Any good faith determination of Good Reason made by Executive shall be conclusive.

 

(d) Notice of Termination . Any termination of Executive’s employment by the Company or by Executive shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. “ Notice of Termination ” means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive's employment under the provision so indicated and (iii) if the Date of Termination is other than the date of receipt of such notice, specifies the Date of Termination (which date shall be not more than 15 days after the giving of such notice). The failure by Executive to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason shall not waive any right of Executive thereunder or preclude Executive from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing Executive's rights thereunder.

 

(e) Transitional Assistance . If the Company shall so request, Executive shall provide reasonable assistance to the Company to help ensure an orderly transition of Executive's duties and responsibilities to such individual(s) as the Company may designate, provided that the period during which Executive shall provide such assistance shall not exceed ninety (90) days and that during such period Executive's employment with the Company shall continue and the Company shall compensate Executive as described in Section 2(b) above. Any such transitional assistance and continuation of employment shall not waive, release or otherwise affect any of the Executive's rights or the Company's obligations hereunder, including without limitation those set forth in Section 4 below.

 

12

4. Obligations of the Company upon Termination .

 

(a) Good Reason; Other Than for Cause or Disability . If, during the Employment Period, Executive's employment shall be terminated by the Company other than for Cause, death or Disability, or by Executive for Good Reason, then the Company shall have all of the following obligations:

 

(i) The Company shall pay to Executive the following amounts in a lump sum in cash within 10 days after Executive's Date of Termination:

 

(A) an amount equal to the sum of Executive's Accrued Base Salary, Accrued Annual Bonus and accrued but unpaid vacation pay (collectively, the “ Accrued Obligations ”),

 

(B) the Prorated Annual Bonus,

 

(C) the product of three (3.0) (such number, the “ Severance Multiple ”) times the sum of Executive's (I) Annual Base Salary, (II) Target Bonus and (III) Average Profit Sharing Plan Contribution; and

 

(D) an amount equal to the value of the unvested portion of Executive's accounts under the Profit Sharing Plans as of the Date of Termination.

 

(ii)            (A) During the period commencing on the Date of Termination and continuing thereafter for a number of years equal to the Severance Multiple, or such longer period as any plan or Policy in which Executive is a participant as of the Date of Termination (such eligibility to be determined based on the terms of such plan or Policy as in effect on the Effective Date or, if more favorable to Executive, the terms of such plan or Policy as in effect on the Date of Termination), the Company shall continue to provide medical (including post-retirement medical benefits to the extent that Executive is or becomes eligible for such benefits as of the Date of Termination after giving effect to paragraph (C) of this Section 4(a)(ii)), prescription, dental and similar health care benefits (or, if such benefits are not available, the after-tax economic value thereof determined pursuant to paragraph (D) of this Section 4(a)(ii)) to Executive and his family.

 

(B) The terms of such benefits shall be at least as favorable to Executive as the terms of the most favorable plans or Policies of the Company applicable to peer executives at Executive's Date of Termination, but in no event less favorable to Executive than the most favorable plans or Policies of the Company applicable to peer

 

13

executives during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date.

 

(C) Such benefits shall be provided at no cost to Executive and his family, except that Executive shall be responsible for the payment of premiums, co-payments, deductibles and similar charges based on the terms of the most favorable plans or Policies of the Company applicable to peer executives at Executive's Date of Termination, but in no event less favorable to Executive than the most favorable plans or Policies of the Company applicable to peer executives during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date.

 

(D) For purposes of determining whether, and on what terms and conditions, Executive is eligible to receive the post-retirement medical benefits specified in paragraph (A) above, Executive shall on the Date of Termination be credited with three (3.0) additional years for purposes of attained age and years of service.

 

(E) The after-tax economic value of any benefit to be provided pursuant to paragraph (A) above shall be deemed to be the present value of the premiums expected to be paid for all such benefits that are to be provided on an insured basis. The after-tax economic value of all other benefits shall be deemed to be the present value of the expected net cost to the Company of providing such benefits.

 

(iii) The Company shall cause Executive to receive, at the Company's expense, standard outplacement services from a nationally-recognized firm selected by Executive; provided that the cost of such services to the Company shall not exceed 15% of Executive's Annual Base Salary in effect on the Date of Termination.

 

(iv) If on the Date of Termination the Executive is a “specified employee” of the Company (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(i)), and if amounts payable under this Section 4(a) (other than Accrued Obligations) are not on account of an “involuntary separation from service” (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A – 1(n)), amounts that would otherwise have been paid during the 6-month period immediately following the Date of Termination shall be paid on the first regular payroll date immediately following the 6-month anniversary of the Date of Termination.

 

 

14

(b) Cause; Other than for Good Reason . If, during the Employment Period, Executive's employment is terminated by the Company for Cause or by Executive other than for Good Reason, the Company shall pay to Executive in a lump sum in cash within no more than 10 days after the Date of Termination, any Accrued Obligations.

 

(c) Death or Disability . If, during the Employment Period, Executive's employment is terminated by reason of Executive's death or Disability, the Company shall pay to Executive in cash a lump sum amount equal to all Accrued Obligations within no more than 10 days after the Date of Termination.

 

5. Non-exclusivity of Rights . If Executive receives payments pursuant to Section 4(a), Executive hereby waives the right to receive severance payments under any other plan, policy or agreement of the Company. Except as provided in the previous sentence, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit Executive's continuing or future participation in any benefit, bonus, incentive or other plans or Policies provided by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and for which Executive may qualify, nor shall anything herein limit or otherwise affect such rights as Executive may have under any other agreements with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

6. Full Settlement . The Company's obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any circumstances, including set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action that the Company may have against Executive or others.

 

7. No Duty to Mitigate . Executive shall not be obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to Executive under any of the provisions of this Agreement, nor shall the amount of any payment hereunder be reduced by any compensation earned by Executive as result of employment by another employer or by any retirement benefits which may be paid or payable to Executive; provided, however, that any continued welfare benefits provided for pursuant to Section 4(a)(ii) shall not duplicate any benefits that are provided to Executive and his family by such other employer and shall be secondary to any coverage provided by such other employer.

 

8. Enforcement .

 

(a) If Executive incurs legal, accounting, expert witness or other fees and expenses in an effort to establish entitlement to compensation and benefits under this Agreement, the Company shall, regardless of the outcome of such effort, pay or reimburse Executive for such fees and expenses, together with an additional amount such that, after providing for the Taxes payable by Executive in respect of such additional amount, there remains a balance sufficient to pay the Taxes payable by Executive in respect of such payment or reimbursement of fees and expenses by

 

15

the Company. The Company shall reimburse Executive for such fees and expenses on a monthly basis within 10 days after its receipt of his request for reimbursement accompanied by reasonable evidence that the fees and expenses were incurred.

 

(b) If Executive does not prevail (after exhaustion of all available judicial remedies), and the Company establishes before a court of competent jurisdiction that Executive had no reasonable basis for bringing an action hereunder and acted in bad faith in doing so, no further reimbursement for legal fees and expenses shall be due to Executive and Executive shall refund any amounts previously reimbursed hereunder with respect to such action.

 

(c) If the Company fails to pay any amount provided under this Agreement when due, the Company shall pay interest on such amount at a rate equal to 200 basis points over the prime commercial lending rate published from time to time in The Wall Street Journal ; provided, however, that if the interest rate determined in accordance with this Section shall in no event exceed the highest legally-permissible interest rate.

 

9. Certain Additional Payments by the Company .

 

(a) Gross-Up . If it is determined (by the reasonable computation of the Company's designated tax counsel, which determination shall be certified to by such counsel and set forth in a written certificate (“ Certificate ”) delivered to Executive) that any monetary or other benefit received or deemed received by Executive from the Company or any Subsidiary or affiliate pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, whether or not in connection with a Change in Control (such monetary or other benefits collectively, the “ Potential Parachute Payments ”), is or will become subject to any excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code or any similar tax under any United States federal, state, local or other law (such excise tax and all such similar taxes collectively, “ Excise Taxes ”), then the Company shall, subject to Section 9(h), within five business days after such determination, pay Executive an amount (the “ Gross-Up Payment ”) equal to the product of:

 

(i) the amount of such Excise Taxes

 

multiplied by

 

(ii) the Gross-Up Multiple.

 

The Gross-Up Payment is intended to compensate Executive for the Excise Taxes and any other Taxes payable by Executive with respect to the Gross-Up Payment.

 

(b) Timing . Executive or the Company may at any time request the preparation and delivery to Executive of a Certificate. The Company shall, in addition to complying with Section 9(c), cause all determinations and certifications under this

 

16

Article to be made as soon as reasonably possible and in adequate time to permit Executive to prepare and file his individual tax returns on a timely basis.

 

(c) Determination by Executive .

 

(i) If (A) the Company shall fail to deliver a Certificate to Executive within 30 days after receipt from Executive of a written request for a Certificate, (B) the Company shall deliver a Certificate to Executive but shall fail to pay to Executive the full amount of the Gross-Up Payment set forth therein, or (C) at any time following his receipt of a Certificate, Executive disputes either (x) the amount of the Gross-Up Payment set forth therein or (y) the determination set forth therein to the effect that no Gross-Up Payment is due by reason of Section 9(h), then Executive may elect to require the Company to pay a Gross-Up Payment in the amount determined by Executive, in accordance with an Executive Counsel Opinion (as defined in Section 9(f)). Executive shall make any such demand by delivery to the Company of a written notice that specifies the Gross-Up Payment determined by Executive and an Executive Counsel Opinion regarding such Gross-Up Payment (such written notice and opinion collectively, the “ Executive's Determination ”). Within 15 days after delivery of Executive's Determination to the Company, the Company shall either (1) pay Executive the Gross-Up Payment set forth in the Executive's Determination (less the portion of such amount, if any, previously paid to Executive by the Company) or (2) deliver to Executive a Certificate specifying the Gross-Up Payment determined by the Company's designated tax counsel, together with a Company Counsel Opinion (as defined in Section 9(f)), and pay Executive the Gross-Up Payment specified in such Certificate. If for any reason the Company fails to comply with the preceding sentence, the Gross-Up Payment specified in the Executive's Determination shall be controlling for all purposes.

 

(ii) If Executive does not request a Certificate, and the Company does not deliver a Certificate to Executive, the Company shall, for purposes of Section 9(h), be deemed to have determined that no Gross-Up Payment is due.

 

(d) Additional Gross-Up Amounts . If for any reason (whether pursuant to subsequently-enacted provisions of the Code, final regulations or published rulings of the Internal Revenue Service (“ IRS ”), a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction or a determination of the Company's independent auditors) it is later determined that the amount of Excise Taxes payable by Executive is greater than the amount determined by the Company or Executive pursuant to Section 9(a) or 9(b), as applicable, then the Company shall pay Executive an amount (which shall also be deemed a Gross-Up Payment) equal to the product of:

 

(i) the sum of (A) such additional Excise Taxes and (B) any interest, fines, penalties, expenses or other costs incurred by Executive as a

 

17

result of having taken a position in accordance with a determination made pursuant to Section 9(a) or 9(b), as applicable,

 

multiplied by:

 

(ii) the Gross-Up Multiple.

 

(e) Gross-Up Multiple . The Gross-Up Multiple shall equal a fraction, the numerator of which is one (1.0), and the denominator of which is one (1.0) minus the sum, expressed as a decimal fraction, of the effective after-tax marginal rates of all Taxes and any Excise Taxes applicable to the Gross-Up Payment; provided that such sum of rates shall not exceed 0.8 and if it does exceed 0.8, it shall be deemed to be 0.8. If different rates of tax are applicable to various portions of a Gross-Up Payment, the weighted average (not to exceed 0.80) of such rates shall be used.

 

(f) Opinion of Counsel . “ Executive Counsel Opinion ” means a legal opinion of nationally-recognized executive compensation counsel to the effect that the amount of the Gross-Up Payment determined by Executive is the amount that courts of competent jurisdiction, based on a final judgment not subject to further appeal, are most likely to decide to have been calculated in accordance with this Article and applicable law. “ Company Counsel Opinion ” means a legal opinion of nationally-recognized executive compensation counsel to the effect that (i) the amount of the Gross-Up Payment set forth in the Certificate of the Company's designated tax counsel is the amount that courts of competent jurisdiction, based on a final judgment not subject to further appeal, are most likely to decide to have been calculated in accordance with this Article and applicable law, and (ii) there is no reasonable basis for the calculation of the Gross-Up Payment determined by Executive.

 

(g) Amount Increased or Contested . Executive shall notify the Company in writing of (i) any claim by the IRS or other taxing authority that, if successful, would require the payment by Executive of Excise Taxes in respect of Potential Parachute Payments or (ii) of any intention by Executive to pay any Excise Taxes in respect of Potential Parachute Payments notwithstanding the absence of such a claim. Such notice shall include the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is due to be paid. Executive shall give such notice as soon as practicable, but no later than 10 business days, after Executive first obtains actual knowledge of such claim; provided, however, that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall affect the Company's obligations under this Article only if and to the extent that such failure results in actual prejudice to the Company. Executive shall not pay such claim less than 30 days after Executive gives such notice to the Company (or, if sooner, the date on which payment of such claim is due). If the Company notifies Executive in writing before the expiration of such 30-day period that the Company desires to contest such claim, Executive shall:

 

18

(i) give the Company any information that it reasonably requests relating to such claim,

 

(ii) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company reasonably requests in writing from time to time, including accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company,

 

(iii) cooperate with the Company in good faith to contest such claim, and

 

(iv) permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to such claim;

 

provided, however, that the Company shall bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and shall indemnify and hold Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax, including related interest and penalties, imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expenses. Without limiting the foregoing, the Company shall control all proceedings in connection with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forego any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner. Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company shall determine; provided, however, that if the Company directs Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Company shall advance the amount of such payment to Executive, on an interest-free basis and shall indemnify Executive, on an after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax, including related interest or penalties, imposed with respect to such advance; and further provided that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of Executive with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. The Company's control of the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable. Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the IRS or other taxing authority.

 

(h) Limitation on Gross-Up Payments . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 9, if it shall be determined (by the reasonable computation of the Company's designated tax counsel, which determination shall be certified to by such counsel and set forth in the Certificate delivered to Executive) that the

 

19

aggregate amount of the Potential Parachute Payments that, but for this Section 9(h), would be payable to Executive, does not exceed 110% of the greatest amount of Potential Parachute Payments that could be paid to Executive without giving rise to any liability for Excise Taxes in connection therewith (such greatest amount, the “ Floor Amount ”), then:

(i) no Gross-Up Payment shall be made to Executive; and

 

(ii) the aggregate amount of Potential Parachute Payments payable to Executive shall be reduced (but not below the Floor Amount) to the largest amount which would both (A) not cause any Excise Taxes to be payable by Executive and (B) not cause any Potential Parachute Payments to become nondeductible by the Company by reason of Section 280G of the Code (or any successor provision); provided, however, that in no event shall any such reduction (x) in any way affect any Potential Parachute Payments that are provided to Executive in any form other than cash or (y) reduce the aggregate amount of Potential Parachute Payment that are payable in cash to an amount below the aggregate amount of Taxes payable by Executive in respect of all Potential Parachute Payments received by him (whether in cash or otherwise).

 

For purposes of the preceding sentence, Executive shall be deemed to be subject to the highest effective after-tax marginal rate of federal and Illinois Taxes.

 

(i) Refunds . If, after the receipt by Executive of any payment or advance of Excise Taxes by the Company pursuant to this Article, Executive becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to such Excise Taxes, Executive shall (subject to the Company's complying with any applicable requirements of Section 9(g)) promptly pay the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto). If, after the receipt by Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 9(g), a determination is made that Executive shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and the Company does not notify Executive in writing of its intent to contest such determination before the expiration of 30 days after such determination, then such advance shall be forgiven and shall not be required to be repaid and the amount of such advance shall offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid. Any contest of a denial of refund shall be controlled by Section 9(g).

 

10. Successors .

 

(a) This Agreement is personal to Executive and without the prior written consent of the Company shall not be assignable by Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive's legal representatives.

 

20

(b) The Company may not assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of Executive except to a successor which has satisfied the provisions of Section 10(c). This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Company and such permitted assigns.

 

(c) The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. All references to the Company shall also refer to any such successor, and the Company and such successor shall be jointly and severally liable for all obligations of the Company under this Agreement.

 

11. Miscellaneous .

 

(a) Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois, without reference to such State's principles of conflict of laws.

 

(b) Notices . All notices hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by hand delivery, nationally-recognized courier service that provides overnight delivery, or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

 

If to Executive, at his most recent home address on file with the Company.

 

 

 

If to the Company, to:

W.W. Grainger, Inc.

 

 

100 Grainger Parkway

 

 

Lake Forest, Illinois 60045

 

 

Attention: General Counsel

 

 

or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith. Notice shall be effective when actually received by the addressee.

 

(c) Severability . If any part of this Agreement is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity shall not serve to invalidate any part of this Agreement not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any paragraph or part of a paragraph so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such paragraph or part of a paragraph to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

 

21

(d) Tax Withholding . The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such federal, state or local taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

 

(e) Amendments; Waiver . This Agreement may not be amended or modified otherwise than by a written agreement executed by the Company and Executive. A waiver of any term, covenant or condition contained in this Agreement shall not result in a waiver of any other term, covenant or condition, and any waiver of any default shall not result in a waiver of any later default.

 

(f) Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the Company and Executive with respect to the subject matter hereof, and shall supersede all prior agreements, promises and representations of the parties regarding employment or severance, whether in writing or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement expressly terminates, with immediate effect, any Change in Control Employment Agreement which may previously have been entered into between the Company and Executive.

 

(g) No Right to Employment . Except as may be provided under any other agreement between Executive and the Company, the employment of Executive by the Company is at will, and, prior to the Effective Date, may be terminated by either Executive or the Company at any time. Upon a termination of Executive's employment prior to the Effective Date, there shall be no further rights under this Agreement.

 

(h) Sections . Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any reference to a “Section” shall be to a section of this Agreement.

 

(i) Survival of Executive's Rights . All of Executive's rights hereunder shall survive the termination of Executive's employment.

 

(j) Number and Gender . Wherever appropriate, the singular shall include the plural, the plural shall include the singular, and the masculine shall include the feminine.

 

(k) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

(l) Section 409A Compliance . To the extent applicable, it is intended that this Agreement shall comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, and this Agreement shall be construed and applied in a manner consistent with this intent. In the event that any payment or benefit under this Agreement is determined by the Company to be in the nature of a deferral of compensation, the Company and the Executive hereby agree to take such actions, not otherwise provided herein, as may be mutually agreed between the parties to ensure that such payments comply

 

22

with the applicable provisions of Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder. To the extent that any payment or benefit under this Agreement is modified by reason of this Section 11(l), it shall be modified in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code and preserves to the maximum possible extent the economic costs or value thereof (as applies) to the respective parties (determined on a pre-tax basis).

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Executive and the Company have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

W.W. GRAINGER, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Richard L. Keyser

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

EXECUTIVE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INSERT NAME

 

 

23

 

 

Exhibit 10(xi)

 

 

 

 

W.W. GRAINGER, INC.

VOLUNTARY SALARY AND INCENTIVE DEFERRAL PLAN

 

 

Effective January 1, 2004,

and as amended and restated effective January 1, 2008

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

Page

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

 

1

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2

SELECTION, ENROLLMENT, ELIGIBILITY

 

5

 

 

 

 

2.1

Selection by Committee

 

5

 

 

 

 

2.2

Enrollment Requirements

 

5

 

 

 

 

2.3

Eligibility; Commencement of Participation

 

5

 

 

 

 

2.4

Termination of Participation and/or Deferrals

 

5

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3

CONTRIBUTIONS/CREDITING/TAXES

 

6

 

 

 

 

3.1

Minimum and Maximum Deferrals

 

6

 

 

 

 

3.2

Election Form

 

6

 

 

 

 

3.3

Withholding of Annual Deferral Amounts

 

7

 

 

 

 

3.4

Profit Sharing Allocation

 

7

 

 

 

 

3.5

Vesting

 

7

 

 

 

 

3.6

Allocation of Funds

 

7

 

 

 

 

3.7

FICA and Other Taxes

 

8

 

 

 

 

3.8

Distributions

 

8

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4

HARDSHIP WITHDRAWAL

 

8

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5

DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

 

9

 

 

 

 

5.1

Distribution Election

 

9

 

 

 

 

5.2

Retirement/Disability Distributions

 

9

 

 

 

 

5.3

Date Certain Distributions

 

10

 

 

 

 

5.4

Death Before Commencement of Distributions

 

11

 

 

 

 

5.5

Death After Commencement of Distributions

 

11

 

 

 

 

5.6

Other Terminations of Employment

 

11

 

 

 

 

5.7

Hardship Withdrawals

 

11

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6

DISABILITY WAIVER AND BENEFIT

 

11

 

 

 

 

6.1

Disability Waiver

 

11

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

 

12

 

 

 

 

7.1

Beneficiary

 

12

 

 

 

 

7.2

Beneficiary Designation and Change of Beneficiary

 

12

 

 

 

 

7.3

Acknowledgment

 

12

 

 

i

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

 

Page

7.4

No Beneficiary Designation

 

12

 

 

 

 

7.5

Doubt as to Beneficiary

 

12

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 8

LEAVE OF ABSENCE

 

12

 

 

 

 

8.1

Paid Leave of Absence

 

13

 

 

 

 

8.2

Unpaid Leave of Absence

 

13

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 9

TERMINATION, AMENDMENT OR MODIFICATION

 

13

 

 

 

 

9.1

Termination

 

13

 

 

 

 

9.2

Amendment

 

13

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 10

ADMINISTRATION

 

13

 

 

 

 

10.1

Committee Duties

 

13

 

 

 

 

10.2

Administration Upon Change In Control

 

14

 

 

 

 

10.3

Agents

 

14

 

 

 

 

10.4

Binding Effect of Decisions

 

14

 

 

 

 

10.5

Indemnity of Committee

 

14

 

 

 

 

10.6

Employer Information

 

14

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 11

OTHER BENEFITS AND AGREEMENTS

 

15

 

 

 

 

11.1

Coordination with Other Benefits

 

15

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 12

CLAIMS PROCEDURES

 

15

 

 

 

 

12.1

Presentation of Claim

 

15

 

 

 

 

12.2

Notification of Decision

 

15

 

 

 

 

12.3

Review of a Denied Claim

 

15

 

 

 

 

12.4

Decision on Review

 

16

 

 

 

 

12.5

Legal Action

 

16

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 13

STATUS OF THE PLAN

 

16

 

 

 

 

13.1

Plan To Be Unfunded

 

16

 

 

 

 

13.2

Unsecured General Creditor

 

16

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 14

MISCELLANEOUS

 

16

 

 

 

 

14.1

Employer’s Liability

 

16

 

 

 

 

14.2

Nonassignability

 

17

 

 

 

 

14.3

Not a Contract of Employment

 

17

 

 

ii

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14.4

Furnishing Information

 

17

 

 

 

 

14.5

Terms

 

17

 

 

 

 

14.6

Captions

 

17

 

 

 

 

14.7

Governing Law

 

17

 

 

 

 

14.8

Notice

 

17

 

 

 

 

14.9

Successors

 

18

 

 

 

 

14.10

Validity

 

18

 

 

 

 

14.11

Incompetent

 

18

 

 

 

 

14.12

Court Order

 

18

 

 

 

 

14.13

Distribution in the Event of Taxation under Code Section 409A

 

18

 

 

 

 

14.14

Discharge of Obligations

 

19

 

 

 

 

14.15

Legal Fees to Enforce Rights After Change in Control

 

19

 

 

 

iii

 

 

W.W. GRAINGER, INC.

VOLUNTARY SALARY AND INCENTIVE DEFERRAL PLAN

Effective January 1, 2004,

and as amended and restated effective January 1, 2008

Purpose

The purpose of the Plan is to provide specified benefits to a select group of management and highly compensated Employees who contribute materially to the continued growth, development and future business success of W.W. Grainger, Inc., an Illinois corporation. The Plan shall be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA. The Plan and all benefits hereunder are also intended to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A.

 

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

For purposes of the Plan, unless otherwise clearly apparent from the context, the following phrases or terms shall have the following indicated meanings:

1.1   “ Administrator ” shall mean the Committee at all times prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control. Upon and after the occurrence of a Change in Control, the “Administrator” shall be an independent third party approved by the individual who, immediately prior to such event, was the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or, if not so identified, the Company’s highest ranking officer.

1.2   “ Affiliate ” shall mean any corporation or enterprise, other than the Company, which, as of a given date, is a member of the same controlled group of corporations, the same group of trades or businesses under common control, or the same affiliated service group, determined in accordance with Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m) and (o), as is the Company.

1.3   “ Annual Account Balance ” shall mean, with respect to a Participant, a credit on the records of the Employer equal to the sum of the Annual Deferral Account balance and the Annual Profit Sharing Account balance. The Annual Account Balance, and each other specified account balance, shall be a bookkeeping entry only and shall be utilized solely as a device for the measurement and determination of the amounts to be paid to a Participant, or his or her designated Beneficiary, pursuant to the Plan.

1.4   “ Annual Base Salary ” shall mean the annual cash compensation relating to services performed during any Plan Year, whether or not paid in such Plan Year or included on the Federal Income Tax Form W-2 for such Plan Year, excluding bonuses, commissions, royalties, overtime, fringe benefits, relocation expenses, incentive payments, non-monetary awards, directors fees and other fees, and automobile and other allowances paid to a Participant for employment services rendered (whether or not such allowances are included in the Employee’s gross income). Annual Base Salary shall be calculated before reduction for compensation voluntarily deferred or contributed by the Participant pursuant to all qualified or

 

 

1

 

 

non-qualified plans of any Employer and shall be calculated to include amounts not otherwise included in the Participant’s gross income under Code Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h), 403(b) or any other Code Sections which allow pre-tax contributions pursuant to plans established by the Employer; provided, however, that all such amounts will be included in compensation only to the extent that, had there been no such plan, the amount would have been payable in cash to the Employee.

1.5   “ Annual Deferral Account ” shall mean (i) the sum of all of a Participant’s Annual Deferral Amounts, plus (ii) amounts credited in accordance with all the applicable crediting provisions of the Plan that relate to the Participant’s Annual Deferral Account, less (iii) all distributions made to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary pursuant to the Plan that relate to his or her Annual Deferral Account.

1.6   “ Annual Deferral Amount ” shall mean that portion of a Participant’s Annual Base Salary and Bonus that a Participant elects to have, and is deferred, in accordance with Article 3, for any one Plan Year. In the event of a Participant’s Retirement, Disability (if deferrals cease in accordance with Section 6.1), death or other termination of employment prior to the end of a Plan Year, such year’s Annual Deferral Amount shall be the actual amount withheld prior to such event.

1.7   “ Annual Profit Sharing Account ” shall mean (i) the sum of all of a Participant’s Annual Profit Sharing Allocations, plus (ii) amounts credited in accordance with all the applicable crediting provisions of the Plan that relate to the Participant’s Annual Profit Sharing Account, less (iii) all distributions made to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary pursuant to the Plan that relate to the Participant’s Annual Profit Sharing Account.

1.8   “ Annual Profit Sharing Allocation ” for a Plan Year shall be the amount determined in accordance with Section 3.4.

1.9   “ Beneficiary ” shall mean one or more persons, trusts, estates or other entities, designated in accordance with Article 7, that are entitled to receive benefits under the Plan upon the death of a Participant.

1.10   “ Beneficiary Designation Form ” shall mean the form, established from time to time by the Committee, that a Participant completes, signs and returns to the Committee to designate one or more Beneficiaries.

 

1.11   “ Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

1.12   “ Bonus ” shall mean any cash compensation, in addition to Annual Base Salary relating to services performed during any Plan Year, whether or not paid in such Plan Year or included on the Federal Income Tax Form W-2, payable to a Participant as an Employee under the Employer’s annual incentive plans.

1.13   “ Change in Control ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.8 of the W.W. Grainger, Inc. 2005 Incentive Plan, as may be amended from time to time.

 

1.14   “ Claimant ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.1.

 

 

2

 

 

1.15   “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

1.16   “ Committee ” shall mean the committee described in Article 10.

 

1.17   “ Company ” shall mean W.W. Grainger, Inc., an Illinois corporation and any successor to such corporation that adopts the Plan.

1.18   “ Date Certain Distribution ” shall mean a distribution from the Plan of the vested Annual Account Balance elected by the Participant to be paid in a single-sum or installments pursuant to Section 5.3 of the Plan at a date specified in the Deferral Election Form other than as a result of the Participant’s Retirement or Disability.

1.19   “ Deduction Limitation ” shall mean the following described limitation on a benefit that may otherwise be distributable pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. Except as otherwise provided, this limitation shall be applied to all distributions that are “subject to the Deduction Limitation” under the Plan. If the Company determines in good faith prior to a Change in Control that there is a reasonable likelihood that any compensation paid to a Participant for a taxable year of the Company would not be deductible by the Company solely by reason of the limitation under Code Section 162(m), then to the extent deemed necessary by the Company to ensure that the entire amount of any distribution to the Participant pursuant to the Plan prior to the Change in Control is deductible, the Company shall defer all or any portion of a distribution under the Plan. Any amounts deferred pursuant to this limitation shall continue to be credited/debited with additional amounts in accordance with Section 3.6(a) below. The amounts so deferred and amounts credited/debited thereon shall be distributed to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary (in the event of the Participant’s death) at the earliest possible date, as determined by the Company in good faith, on which the deductibility of compensation paid or payable to the Participant for the taxable year of the Company during which the distribution is made will not be limited by Section 162(m), or if earlier, the effective date of a Change in Control that is also a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company (as defined in Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-3(i)(5)). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Deduction Limitation shall not apply to any distributions made after a Change in Control.

1.20   “ Deferral Election Form ” shall mean the form established by the Committee that a Participant completes, signs and returns to the Committee to make his or her deferral election under the Plan in accordance with Section 3.2 of the Plan.

 

1.21   “ Disability ” shall mean:

 

(a)  The Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months; or

(b)  The Participant is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement

 

 

3

 

 

benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under the Company’s short term or long term disability plan; or

(c)  The Participant is determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration; or

(d)  The Participant is determined to be “disabled” under the Company’s long term disability plan, provided that the definition of “disabled” under such long term disability plan complies with the requirements of subsections (a) and (b) above.

 

1.22   “ Disability Benefit ” shall mean the benefit set forth in Article 6.

 

1.23   “ Employee ” shall mean an individual whose relationship with an Employer is, under common law, that of an employee.

1.24   “ Employer ” shall mean the Company and/or any Affiliate selected by the Committee to participate in the Plan and any successor. If any such entity withdraws, is excluded from participation in the Plan or terminates its participation in the Plan, such entity shall thereupon cease to be an Employer.

1.25   “ ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as it may be amended from time to time.

1.26   “ Hardship ” shall mean an unforeseeable emergency that is a severe financial hardship of the Participant resulting from (A) an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant’s spouse or the Participant’s dependent (as defined in Code Section 152(a); (B) loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty (including the need to rebuild a home following damage to a home not otherwise covered by insurance, for example, as a result of a nature disaster); or (C) other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant. An occurrence or event will not be determined to be a Hardship to the extent that such hardship is or may be relieved: (i) through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise, or (ii) by liquidation of the Participant’s assets, to the extent liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship.

1.27   “ Participant ” shall mean (i) any individual selected by the Committee to participate in the Plan, (ii) who elects to participate in the Plan, (iii) who properly completes and submits a Deferral Election Form, (iv) who commences participation in the Plan, and (v) whose participation has not terminated.

1.28   “ Plan ” shall mean the W.W. Grainger, Inc. Voluntary Salary and Incentive Deferral Plan, which shall be evidenced by this instrument, as may be amended from time to time.

 

1.29   “ Plan Year ” shall mean the 12-month period commencing January 1.

 

1.30   “ Profit Sharing Plan ” shall mean the W.W. Grainger, Inc. Employees Profit Sharing Plan or a comparable plan which covers Employees of an Affiliate.

 

 

4

 

 

1.31   “ Retirement ” shall mean the voluntary Separation from Service with the Employer as a retirement as such term, or comparable applicable term, is defined under the Profit Sharing Plan.

1.32    “Separation from Service” means the Participant’s death, retirement or other termination of employment with the Company and all Affiliates. For purposes of this definition, a “termination of employment” shall occur when the facts and circumstances indicate that the Company and the employee reasonably anticipate that no further services would be performed by the employee for the Company and any Affiliate after a certain date or that the level of bona fide services the employee would perform after such date (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor), would permanently decrease to no more than 20% of the average level of bona fide services performed (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) over the immediately preceding thirty-six (36)-month period (or full period of services to the Company and all Affiliates if the employee has been providing services to the Company less than thirty-six (36) months).

1.33   “ Year of Service ” shall have the same meaning as the term Vesting Service under the Profit Sharing Plan.

ARTICLE 2

SELECTION, ENROLLMENT, ELIGIBILITY

2.1    Selection by Committee . Participation in the Plan shall be limited to a select group of management and highly compensated Employees of the Company who are situated in the United States, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. From that group, the Committee shall select, in its sole discretion, Employees to participate in the Plan.

2.2    Enrollment Requirements . As a condition to participation, each selected Employee shall complete, execute and return to the Committee a Deferral Election Form within the time prescribed by the Committee. The Committee may establish from time to time such other enrollment requirements as it determines in its sole discretion are necessary.

2.3    Eligibility; Commencement of Participation . Provided an Employee selected to participate in the Plan has met all enrollment requirements set forth in the Plan and required by the Committee, including returning all required documents to the Committee within the specified time period, that Employee shall commence participation in the Plan on the first day of the month following the month in which the Employee completes all enrollment requirements. If an Employee fails to meet all such requirements within the period required, in accordance with Section 2.2, that Employee shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan until the first day of the Plan Year following the proper completion and delivery to the Committee of the required documents.

2.4    Termination of Participation and/or Deferrals . If the Committee determines in good faith that a Participant no longer qualifies as a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees, the Committee shall have the right, in its sole discretion and consistent with Code Section 409A, to (i) terminate any deferral election for both Annual Base Salary and/or Bonus which the Participant has made for the remainder of the Plan Year in which

 

 

5

 

 

the Participant’s membership status changes, (ii) prevent the Participant from making future deferral elections and/or (iii) immediately distribute the total vested portion of the Participant’s Annual Account Balances and terminate the Participant’s participation in the Plan. If a Participant terminates employment after the end of a Plan Year but prior to the payment of a bonus for such Plan Year, the deferral election will be terminated.

 

 

6

 

 

ARTICLE 3

CONTRIBUTIONS/CREDITING/TAXES

 

3.1    Minimum and Maximum Deferrals.

 

(a)   Annual Deferral Amount, Annual Base Salary, and Bonus . For each Plan Year, a Participant may elect to defer, as his or her Annual Deferral Amount, Annual Base Salary and/or Bonus multiplied by percentages which are not less than the following minimum percentages or more than the following maximum percentages.

 

Minimum

Maximum

Annual Base Salary

5%

50%

Bonus

10%

85%

 

If an election is made for less than the stated minimum, or if no election is made, the amount deferred shall be zero. If an election is made for more than the stated maximum, then the election shall be for the maximum amount.

(b)   Short Plan Year . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant first becomes a Participant after the first day of a Plan Year, the minimum and maximum percentage of Annual Base Salary and/or Bonus shall be applied to the amount of Annual Base Salary and/or the amount of Bonus not yet earned for such Plan Year by the Participant as of the effective date of the Participant’s Deferral Election Form which is submitted to the Committee.

 

3.2    Election Form .

 

(a)   Filing of Election Forms . In connection with a Participant’s commencement of participation in the Plan, the Participant shall make an irrevocable deferral election for the Plan Year in which the Participant commences participation in the Plan, along with such other elections as the Committee deems necessary or desirable under the Plan. For these elections to be valid, the Deferral Election Form must be properly completed and signed by the Participant and delivered to the Committee (in accordance with Section 2.2 above).

(b)   Effect of Election Forms . A Participant’s Deferral Election Form shall only be effective for the Plan Year for which it is submitted and shall not continue in effect for subsequent Plan Years. The Committee shall maintain an open enrollment period preceding each Plan Year in order to allow Participants to submit new Deferral Election Forms.

(c)   Timing of Election Forms . To be effective for any Plan Year, a Deferral Election Form must be received by the Committee prior to January 1 of the Plan Year to which it relates. However, if an individual first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan on a date other than January 1, the individual may submit a Deferral Election Form for the remainder of the Plan Year in which he or she becomes a Participant if the Deferral Election Form is submitted within 30 days after the individual first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan; provided, however, that the Deferral Election Form

 

 

7

 

 

shall apply only to Annual Base Salary and/or Bonus not yet earned, in accordance with Section 3.1(b).

3.3    Withholding of Annual Deferral Amounts . For each Plan Year, the Annual Base Salary portion of the Annual Deferral Amount shall be withheld from each regularly scheduled payroll in equal amounts, as adjusted from time to time for increases and decreases in Annual Base Salary. The Bonus portion of the Annual Deferral Amount shall be withheld at the time the Bonus is or otherwise would be paid to the Participant, whether or not this occurs during the Plan Year itself.

3.4    Profit Sharing Allocation . For any Participant, the Annual Profit Sharing Allocation for a Plan Year will be limited to the amount that is the excess of (i) the amount, but for the Annual Deferral Amounts, that would have been allocable to such Participant’s profit sharing account under the Profit Sharing Plan for the Plan Year, and without regard to any limitations on such profit sharing contributions contained in the Code or in the Profit Sharing Plan in furtherance of such Code limitations, over (ii) the actual profit sharing contribution allocated to such Participant’s Profit Sharing Plan profit sharing account for the Plan Year; provided, however, that the amount determined by the application of clauses (i) and (ii) of this sentence shall be further reduced by the amount of any profit sharing contributions, if any, allocated for such Plan Year to the Participant’s account under the W.W. Grainger, Inc. Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan or a comparable supplemental profit sharing plan which covers Employees of an Affiliate.

3.5    Vesting . A Participant shall at all times be 100% vested in his or her Annual Deferral Account. A Participant shall be vested in his or her Annual Profit Sharing Account in accordance with the vesting provisions of the Profit Sharing Plan.

 

3.6    Allocation of Funds

 

(a)   Crediting/Debiting of Account Balances . In accordance with, and subject to, the rules and procedures that are established from time to time by the Committee, in its sole discretion, amounts shall be credited or debited to a Participant’s Annual Account Balance.

(b)   Election of Investment Options . A Participant, in connection with his or her Deferral Election Form in accordance with Section 2 above, shall elect one or more investment funds (the “Investment Option(s)”) to be used to determine the additional amounts to be credited to his or her Annual Account Balance. Participants will be permitted to modify their elected Investment Options in a manner prescribed by the Committee.

(c)   Proportionate Allocation . In making any election described in Section 3.6(b) above, the Participant shall specify in increments of one percentage point (1%), the percentage of his or her Annual Account Balance to be allocated to an Investment Option (as if the Participant was making an investment in that Investment Option with that portion of his or her Annual Account Balance).

 

 

8

 

 

(d)   No Actual Investment . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan that may be interpreted to the contrary, the Investment Options are to be used for measurement purposes only, and a Participant’s election of any Investment Option(s), the allocation to his or her Annual Account Balance thereto, the calculation of additional amounts and the crediting or debiting of such amounts to a Participant’s Annual Account Balance shall not be considered or construed in any manner as an actual investment of his or her Annual Account Balance in any such Investment Option. In the event that the Company, in its own discretion, decides to invest funds in any or all of the Investment Options, no Participant shall have any rights in or to such investment themselves. Without limiting the foregoing, a Participant’s Annual Account Balance shall at all times be a bookkeeping entry only and shall not represent any investment made on his or her behalf by the Company, and the Participant shall at all times remain an unsecured creditor of the Company.

3.7    FICA and Other Taxes .

 

(a)   Annual Deferral Amounts . For each Plan Year in which an Annual Deferral Amount is being withheld from a Participant, the Participant’s Employer(s) shall withhold from that portion of the Participant’s Annual Base Salary and/or Bonus that is not being deferred, in a manner determined by the Employer, the Participant’s share of contributions under the Federal Insurance Contributions Act (“FICA”) and other employment taxes on such Annual Deferral Amount. If necessary, the Committee may reduce the Annual Deferral Account in order to comply with this Section 3.7.

(b)   Profit Sharing Account . When a Participant becomes vested in a portion of his or her Annual Profit Sharing Account, the Employer shall withhold from the Participant’s Annual Base Salary and/or Bonus that is not deferred, in a manner determined by the Employer, the Participant’s share of FICA and other employment taxes on such vested portions of his or her Annual Profit Sharing Account. If necessary, the Committee may reduce the vested portion of the Participant’s Annual Profit Sharing Account, as the case may be, in order to comply with this Section 3.7.

3.8    Distributions . The Employer shall withhold from any distributions made to a Participant under the Plan all federal, state and local income, employment and other taxes required to be withheld by the Employer in connection with such distributions, in amounts and in a manner to be determined in the sole discretion of the Employer.

ARTICLE 4

HARDSHIP WITHDRAWAL

If the Participant experiences a Hardship, the Participant may petition the Committee to (i) suspend any deferrals required to be made by a Participant and/or (ii) receive a partial or full payout from the Plan as permitted by law (“Hardship Withdrawal”). The Hardship Withdrawal shall not exceed the lesser of the total of the Participant’s Annual Account Balances, calculated as if such Participant were receiving a single-sum distribution upon termination of employment, or the amount reasonably needed to satisfy the Hardship plus amounts necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of a Hardship distribution. If, subject to the sole discretion of

 

 

9

 

 

the Committee, the petition for a suspension is approved, suspension shall take effect upon the date of approval. If a Hardship Withdrawal is approved any distribution shall be made within 60 days of the date of approval. The payment of any amount under this Article 4 shall not be subject to the Deduction Limitation. Any suspension of deferrals pursuant to this Article 4 shall continue for the remainder of the Plan Year in which the suspension is approved.

ARTICLE 5

DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

5.1    Distribution Election.

 

(a)  A Participant may elect to receive a distribution of the vested portion of his or her Annual Account Balance which will commence upon one of the following events: (i) the Participant’s Retirement or Disability and/or (ii) a date or dates certain.

 

5.2    Retirement/Disability Distributions .

 

(a)  A Participant may elect one or more of the following forms of distribution for the vested portion of his or her Annual Account Balance distributable by reason of the Participant’s Retirement or Disability: (i) a single-sum distribution, (ii) a distribution in annual installments payable over a period of up to 15 years; provided, however, that if the total of the Participant’s Annual Account Balances as of the Participant’s Retirement or Disability are less than $50,000, such amount shall be paid in a single-sum; and/or (iii) a single-sum distribution followed by a distribution in annual installments payable over a period of up to 15 years; provided, however, that if the total vested portion of the Participant’s Annual Account Balances is less than $50,000, such amount shall be paid in a single-sum. The decision of the Committee that a single-sum payment is required shall be final on all parties.

(b)  A Participant may change his or her distribution election for a distribution of a Participant Annual Account Balance if such change is made in writing at least one year prior to the Participant’s Retirement or Disability, whichever applies, and so long as such change is not prohibited by law; provided, however, that for any change made on or after January 1, 2009, the initial distribution (or single-sum payment) may not be made before the date that is at least 5 years later than when benefits would otherwise commence (or be paid). In the event that the Participant’s most recent form of distribution election was made within one year of the Participant’s Retirement or Disability (whichever applies), the next most recent election made at least one year prior to the Participant’s Retirement or Disability (or if none, the Participant’s initial election) shall be used.

(c)  A distribution payable by reason of the Participant’s Retirement or Disability shall be paid (in the case of a single-sum) or commence to be paid (in the case of annual installments) within 90 days after the end of the second calendar quarter in which Retirement or Disability occurs; provided that such payment shall not be made earlier than 6 months and 1 day after such Retirement or Disability.

 

 

10

 

 

5.3    Date Certain Distributions.

 

(a)  A Participant may elect one of the following forms of distribution for all or a portion of the vested portion of his or her Annual Account Balances distributable as a Date Certain Distribution: (i) a single-sum distribution, or (ii) a distribution in annual installments payable over a period of up to 15 years; provided, however, that if the total vested portion of the Participant’s distributable Annual Account Balances is less than $50,000, such amount shall be paid in a single-sum. For purposes of determining whether a single-sum payment shall be required, the Committee may select a valuation date that occurs no earlier than 90 days prior to the date distributions are to otherwise commence. The decision of the Committee that a single-sum payment is required shall be final on all parties.

(b)  A Participant may change his or her distribution election if such change is made in writing at least one year prior to the Participant’s Date Certain Distribution and so long as such change is not prohibited by law; provided, however, that for any change made on or after January 1, 2009, the initial distribution (or single-sum payment) may not be made before the date that is at least 5 years later than when benefits would otherwise commence (or be paid). In the event that the Participant’s most recent form of distribution election was made within one year of the Participant’s Date Certain Distribution, the next most recent election made at least one year prior to the Date Certain Distribution (or if none, the Participant’s initial election) shall be used.

(c)  A Date Certain Distribution shall be paid (in the case of a single-sum) or commence to be paid (in the case of annual installments) in the January of the year elected by the Participant to receive or begin receiving such Date Certain Distribution.

(d)  If a Participant has elected a Date Certain Distribution for all or a portion of the vested portion of his or her Annual Account Balances, but terminates employment by reason of Retirement or Disability prior to the year specified by the Participant for such Date Certain Distribution to commence, the vested portion of the Participant’s Annual Account Balances which would have been distributable shall instead be paid to him or her in the same manner that the Participant elected to receive the Date Certain Distribution but beginning as of the date of Retirement or Disability; provided, however, that if the vested portion of such Participant’s distributable Annual Account Balances as of such Retirement or Disability is less than $50,000, such amount shall be paid in a single-sum. The decision of the Committee that a single-sum payment is required shall be final on all parties.

(e)  If a Participant terminates employment by reason of Retirement or Disability while receiving installment distributions of a Date Certain Distribution, the remaining portion of the Date Certain Distribution shall continue to be distributed as elected by the Participant.

5.4    Death Before Commencement of Distributions . If a Participant dies before a distribution of the vested portion of his or her Annual Account Balance under the Plan has begun, the vested portion of the Participant’s Annual Account Balance shall be distributed to his

 

 

11

 

 

or her Beneficiary in a single-sum as soon as administratively practicable following receipt by the Committee of satisfactory notice and confirmation of the Participant’s death.

5.5    Death After Commencement of Distributions . If a Participant dies after a distribution of the vested portion of his or her Annual Account Balance under the Plan has begun, the vested portion of the Participant’s Annual Account Balance, including those amounts not yet distributable, shall be distributed to his or her Beneficiary in a single-sum as soon as administratively practicable following receipt by the Committee of satisfactory notice and confirmation of the Participant’s death.

5.6    Other Separations from Service . If a Participant incurs a Separation from Service for any reason other than Retirement, Disability, or death, the vested portion of the Participant’s Annual Account Balance shall be distributed to such Participant as soon as administratively practicable after the 6 month anniversary of such Separation from Service.

5.7    Hardship Withdrawals . Upon petition to and approval by the Committee in accordance with Article 4, a Participant shall be permitted a Hardship Withdrawal, if permitted by law. A Hardship Withdrawal shall be distributed in a single-sum as soon as administratively practicable after the Committee has determined the amount of the Hardship Withdrawal.

ARTICLE 6

DISABILITY WAIVER AND BENEFIT

6.1    Disability Waiver.

 

(a)   Waiver of Deferral . A Participant who is determined by the Committee to be suffering from a Disability shall be excused from fulfilling that portion of the Annual Deferral Amount commitment that would otherwise have been withheld from a Participant’s Annual Base Salary or Bonus for the Plan Year during which the Participant first suffers a Disability. During the period of Disability, the Participant shall not be allowed to make any additional deferral elections, but will continue to be considered a Participant for all other purposes of the Plan.

(b)   Return to Work . If a Participant returns to employment with the Employer after a Disability ceases, the Participant may elect to defer an Annual Deferral Amount for the Plan Year following his or her return to employment or service and for every Plan Year thereafter while a Participant in the Plan; provided such deferral elections are otherwise allowed and a Deferral Election Form is delivered to the Committee for each such election in accordance with Section 3.2 above.

(c)   Continued Eligibility; Disability Benefit . A Participant suffering a Disability shall, for benefit purposes under the Plan, be considered to have incurred a Separation from Service, and such Participant shall receive a payment of his or her Annual Account Balance in accordance with Section 5.2.

 

 

12

 

 

ARTICLE 7

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

 

7.1    Beneficiary . Each Participant shall have the right, at any time, to designate his or her Beneficiary (both primary as well as contingent) to receive any benefits payable under the Plan upon the death of the Participant. The Beneficiary designated under the Plan may be the same as or different from the Beneficiary designated under any other plan of an Employer in which the Participant participates.

7.2    Beneficiary Designation and Change of Beneficiary . A Participant shall designate his or her Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form, and returning it to the Committee. A Participant shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Committee’s rules and procedures, as in effect from time to time. Upon the acceptance by the Committee of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be canceled. The Committee shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Participant and accepted by the Committee prior to his or her death.

7.3    Acknowledgment . No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received and acknowledged in writing by the Committee.

7.4    No Beneficiary Designation . If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary as provided in Sections 7.1, 7.2 and 7.3 above, the Beneficiary shall first be deemed to be his or her spouse if his or her spouse resides with the Participant at the time of such Participant’s death. If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary as provided in Sections 7.1, 7.2 and 7.3 above and such spouse has predeceased the Participant or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Participant or die prior to complete distribution of the Participant’s benefits, then the Participant’s designated Beneficiary shall be deemed to be his or her estate.

7.5    Doubt as to Beneficiary . If the Committee has any doubt as to the proper Beneficiary to receive payments pursuant to the Plan, the Committee shall have the right, exercisable in its discretion, to cause the Employer to withhold such payments until this matter is resolved to the Committee’s satisfaction.

ARTICLE 8

LEAVE OF ABSENCE

8.1    Paid Leave of Absence . If a Participant is authorized by the Employer for any reason to take a paid leave of absence from the employment of the Employer that does not constitute a Separation from Service, the Participant shall continue to be considered employed by the Employer and the Annual Deferral Amount shall continue to be withheld during such paid leave of absence in accordance with Section 3.2.

8.2    Unpaid Leave of Absence . If a Participant is authorized by the Employer for any reason to take an unpaid leave of absence from the employment of the Employer that does not constitute a Separation from Service, the Participant shall continue to be considered employed by the Employer and the Participant shall be excused from making deferrals until the earlier of the

 

 

13

 

 

date the leave of absence expires or the Participant returns to a paid employment status. Upon such expiration or return, deferrals shall resume for the remaining portion of the Plan Year in which the expiration or return occurs, based on the deferral election applicable for that Plan Year.

ARTICLE 9

TERMINATION, AMENDMENT OR MODIFICATION

9.1    Termination . Although the Company anticipates that it will continue the Plan for an indefinite period of time, there is no guarantee that the Company will continue the Plan or will not terminate the Plan at any time in the future. Accordingly, the Company reserves the right to discontinue its sponsorship of the Plan and/or to terminate the Plan at any time with respect to any or all of its participating Employees, by action of its Board; provided, however, that distributions upon termination may only occur in accordance with Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3. Upon a Change in Control, the Annual Account Balances of all participants shall be administered in accordance with Section 10.2 of the Plan.

9.2    Amendment . The Company may, at any time, amend or modify the Plan in whole or in part by the action of the Board; provided, however, that: (i) no amendment or modification shall be effective to decrease or restrict the value of a Participant’s vested Annual Account Balance in existence at the time the amendment or modification is made, as of the effective date of the amendment or modification, and (ii) no amendment or modification of this Section 9.2 or Section 10.2 of the Plan shall be effective. The amendment or modification of the Plan shall not affect any Participant or Beneficiary who has become entitled to the payment of benefits under the Plan as of the date of the amendment or modification.

ARTICLE 10

ADMINISTRATION

10.1    Committee Duties . Except as otherwise provided in this Article 10, the Plan shall be administered by a Committee which shall be the Compensation Committee of Management, or such other committee as the Board shall appoint. Members of the Committee may be Participants in the Plan. The Committee shall have the discretion and authority to (i) make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan and (ii) decide or resolve any and all questions including interpretations of the Plan, as may arise in connection with the Plan. Any individual serving on the Committee who is a Participant shall not vote or act on any matter relating solely to himself or herself. When making a determination or calculation, the Committee shall be entitled to rely on information furnished by a Participant or the Employer.

10.2    Administration Upon Change In Control . The Administrator shall have the discretionary power to determine all questions arising in connection with the administration of the Plan and the interpretation of the Plan including, but not limited to, benefit entitlement determinations. Upon and after the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Company must: (i) pay all reasonable administrative expenses and fees of the Administrator; (ii) indemnify the Administrator against any costs, expenses and liabilities including, without limitation, attorney’s fees and expenses arising in connection with the performance of the Administrator hereunder,

 

 

14

 

 

except with respect to matters resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrator or its employees or agents; (iii) supply full and timely information to the Administrator on all matters relating to the Plan, the Participants and their Beneficiaries, the Annual Account Balances of the Participants, the date of the Retirement, Disability, death or other termination of employment of the Participants, and such other pertinent information as the Administrator may reasonably require; and (iv) fully vest all Annual Account Balances of the Participants and pay such benefits in a lump sum within five (5) business days of such Change in Control. Upon and after a Change in Control, the Administrator may be terminated (and a replacement appointed) only with the Administrator’s approval.

10.3    Agents . In the administration of the Plan, the Committee may, from time to time, employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative) and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to any Employer.

10.4    Binding Effect of Decisions . The decision or action of the Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Plan.

10.5    Indemnity of Committee . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Committee, and any Employee to whom the duties of the Committee may be delegated, against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities including, without limitation, attorney’s fees and expenses arising from any action or failure to act with respect to the Plan, except in the case of gross negligence or willful misconduct by the Committee, any of its members, and any such Employee.

10.6    Employer Information . To enable the Committee and/or Administrator to perform its functions, the Employer shall supply full and timely information to the Committee and/or Administrator, as the case may be, on all matters relating to the compensation of its Participants, the date and circumstances of the Retirement, Disability, death or other termination of employment of its Participants, and such other pertinent information as the Committee or Administrator may reasonably require.

ARTICLE 11

OTHER BENEFITS AND AGREEMENTS

11.1    Coordination with Other Benefits . The benefits provided for a Participant and Participant’s Beneficiary under the Plan are in addition to any other benefits available to such Participant under any other plan or program for employees of the Employer. The Plan shall supplement and shall not supersede, modify or amend any other such plan or program except as may otherwise be expressly provided.

ARTICLE 12

CLAIMS PROCEDURES

12.1    Presentation of Claim . Any Participant or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant (such Participant or Beneficiary being referred to below as a “Claimant”) may deliver to the

 

 

15

 

 

Committee a written claim for a determination with respect to the amounts distributable to such Claimant from the Plan. If such a claim relates to the contents of a notice received by the Claimant, the claim must be made within 60 days after such notice was received by the Claimant. All other claims must be made within 180 days of the date on which the event that caused the claim to arise occurred. The claim must state with particularity the determination desired by the Claimant.

12.2    Notification of Decision . The Committee shall consider a Claimant’s claim within a reasonable time, and shall notify the Claimant in writing:

(a)  that the Claimant’s requested determination has been made, and that the claim has been allowed in full; or

(b)  that the Committee has reached a conclusion contrary, in whole or in part, to the Claimant’s requested determination, and such notice must set forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant:

 

(i)  the specific reason(s) for the denial of the claim, or any part of it;

 

(ii)  specific reference(s) to pertinent provisions of the Plan upon which such denial was based;

 

(iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim, and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and

 

(iv)  an explanation of the claim review procedure set forth in Section 12.3 below.

 

12.3    Review of a Denied Claim . Within 60 days after receiving a notice from the Committee that a claim has been denied, in whole or in part, a Claimant (or the Claimant’s duly authorized representative) may file with the Committee a written request for a review of the denial of the claim. Thereafter, but not later than 30 days after the review procedure began, the Claimant (or the Claimant’s duly authorized representative):

 

(a)  may review pertinent documents;

 

(b)  may submit written comments or other documents; and/or

 

(c)  may request a hearing, which the Committee, in its sole discretion, may grant.

 

12.4    Decision on Review . The Committee shall render its decision on review promptly, and not later than 60 days after the filing of a written request for review of the denial, unless a hearing is held or other special circumstances require additional time, in which case the Committee’s decision must be rendered within 120 days after such date. Such decision must be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant, and it must contain:

 

 

16

 

 

(a)  specific reasons for the decision;

 

(b)  specific reference(s) to the pertinent Plan provisions upon which the decision was based; and

 

(c)  such other matters as the Committee deems relevant.

 

12.3    Legal Action . A Claimant’s compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Article 12 is a mandatory prerequisite to a Claimant’s right to commence any legal action with respect to any claim for benefits under the Plan.

 

ARTICLE 13

STATUS OF THE PLAN

13.1    Plan To Be Unfunded . The Plan is intended to be a plan that is not qualified within the meaning of Code Section 401(a) and that is unfunded and is maintained by an employer primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees within the meaning of ERISA Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1). The Plan shall be administered and interpreted to the extent possible in a manner consistent with that intent.

13.2    Unsecured General Creditor . Participants and their Beneficiaries, heirs, successors and assigns shall have no legal or equitable rights, interests or claims in any property or assets of the Employer. For purposes of the payment of benefits under the Plan, any and all of the Employer’s assets shall be, and remain, the general, unpledged unrestricted assets of the Employer. The Employer’s obligation under the Plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future.

ARTICLE 14

MISCELLANEOUS

14.1    Employer’s Liability . The Employer shall have no obligation to a Participant under the Plan except as expressly provided in the Plan.

14.2    Nonassignability . A Participant shall not have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate, alienate or convey in advance of actual receipt, the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are expressly declared to be, unassignable and non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure, attachment, garnishment or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by a Participant directly or indirectly, be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant’s bankruptcy or insolvency or be transferable to a spouse as a result of a property settlement or otherwise.

14.3    Not a Contract of Employment . The terms and conditions of the Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the Employer and the Participant. Such employment is hereby acknowledged to be an “at will” employment relationship that can be terminated at any time for any reason, or no reason, with or without cause, and with or

 

 

17

 

 

without notice, unless expressly otherwise provided in a written employment agreement. Nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to give a Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Employer, either as an Employee or a director, or to interfere with the right of the Employer to discipline or discharge the Participant at any time.

14.4    Furnishing Information . A Participant or his or her Beneficiary will cooperate with the Committee by furnishing any and all information requested by the Committee and take such other actions as may be requested in order to facilitate the administration of the Plan and the payments of benefits hereunder, including but not limited to taking such physical examinations as the Committee may deem necessary.

14.5    Terms . Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine, they shall be construed as though they were in the feminine in all cases where they would so apply; and whenever any words are used herein in the singular or in the plural, they shall be construed as though they were used in the plural or the singular, as the case may be, in all cases where they would so apply.

14.6    Captions . The captions of the articles, sections and paragraphs of the Plan are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of its provisions.

14.7    Governing Law . Subject to ERISA, the provisions of the Plan shall be construed and interpreted according to the internal laws of the State of Illinois.

14.8    Notice . Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Committee under the Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, to the address below:

W.W. Grainger, Inc.

Attn: Corporate Secretary

100 Grainger Parkway

Lake Forest, IL 60045-5201

 

Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification.

Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to a Participant under the Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by mail, to the last known address of the Participant.

14.9    Successors . The provisions of the Plan shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns and the Participant and the Participant's designated Beneficiaries.

14.10    Validity . In case any provision of the Plan shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted herein.

 

 

18

 

 

14.11    Incompetent . If the Committee determines in its discretion that a benefit under the Plan is to be paid to a minor, a person declared incompetent or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of that person’s property, the Committee may direct payment of such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care and custody of such minor, incompetent or incapable person. The Committee may require proof of minority, incompetence, incapacity or guardianship, as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Any payment of a benefit shall be a payment for the account of the Participant and the Participant’s Beneficiary, as the case may be, and shall be a complete discharge of any liability under the Plan for such payment amount.

14.12    Court Order . The Committee is authorized to make any payments when due as directed by court order in any action in which the Employer, Plan or the Committee has been named as a party. In addition, if a court determines that a spouse or former spouse of a Participant has an interest in the Participant’s benefits under the Plan in connection with a property settlement or otherwise, and pursuant to a domestic relations order (as defined in Code Section 414(p)(1)(B)), the Committee shall, notwithstanding any election made by a Participant, distribute the spouse’s or former spouse’s interest in the Participant’s benefits under the Plan to that spouse or former spouse in accordance with such domestic relations order.

14.13    Distribution in the Event of Taxation under Code Section 409A . If, for any reason, all or any portion of a Participant’s benefits under the Plan becomes taxable to the Participant under Code Section 409A prior to receipt, a Participant may petition the Committee before a Change in Control, or the Administrator after a Change in Control, for a distribution of that portion of his or her benefit that has become taxable. Upon the grant of such a petition, which grant shall not be unreasonably withheld (and, after a Change in Control, shall be granted), the Company shall distribute to the Participant immediately available funds in an amount equal to the taxable portion of his or her benefit (which amount shall not exceed the vested portion of a Participant’s Annual Account Balance under the Plan). If the petition is granted, the tax liability distribution shall be made within 90 days of the date when the Participant’s petition is granted. Such a distribution shall affect and reduce the benefits to be paid under the Plan.

14.14    Discharge of Obligations . The full payment of the applicable benefit under Articles 4, 5 or 6 of the Plan to a Participant or Beneficiary shall fully and completely discharge all obligations to a Participant and his or her designated Beneficiaries under the Plan and the Participant’s participation in the Plan shall terminate.

14.15    Legal Fees to Enforce Rights After Change in Control . The Company is aware that upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Board (which might then be composed of new members), a shareholder of the Company or of any successor might then cause or attempt to cause the Company or such successor to refuse to comply with its obligations under the Plan and might cause or attempt to cause the Company to institute, or may institute, litigation seeking to deny Participants the benefits intended under the Plan. In these circumstances, the purpose of the Plan could be frustrated. Accordingly, if, following a Change in Control, it should appear to any Participant that the Company or its successor has failed to comply with any of its obligations under the Plan or any agreement thereunder or, if the Company, its successor, or any other person takes any action to declare the Plan void or unenforceable or institutes any litigation or

 

 

19

 

 

other legal action designed to deny, diminish or to recover from any Participant the benefits intended to be provided, then the Company or its successor irrevocably authorizes such Participant to retain counsel of his or her choice at the expense of the Company or its successor to represent such Participant in connection with the initiation or defense of any litigation or other legal action, whether by or against the Company, its successor, or any director, officer, shareholder or other person affiliated with the Company or its successor thereto in any jurisdiction.

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10(xviii)

 

SUMMARY DESCRIPTION OF THE

2008 COMPANY MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE PROGRAM

 

I.

Introduction

The 2008 Company Management Incentive Program (MIP) was designed to focus on two key factors that drive improvements in shareholder value: return on invested capital (ROIC) and sales growth.

 

II.

Objectives

The MIP is designed to:

 

§

Encourage decision-making focused on producing a favorable rate of ROIC and on growing the business rapidly, thus leading to improvements in shareholder value.

 

§

Influence participants to make decisions consistent with shareholders’ interests.

 

§

Align management with Company objectives.

 

§

Attract and retain the talent required to achieve the Company’s objectives.

III.

Eligibility

Positions that participate in this program are those that have significant impact on the Company. Eligibility for participation in this program is based on the determination of management. Criteria for inclusion are market practice, impact of the role on overall Company results, and internal practice. Participation in this program is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

 

IV.

Performance Measures

Shareholder value will improve most dramatically if the Company can achieve two goals simultaneously:

 

 

1.

Produce a constantly improving rate of ROIC, and 

 

2.

Grow the business rapidly.

 

The 2008 MIP will be based on ROIC and sales growth. The payout earned for ROIC will be multiplied by a factor based on sales growth. This can be represented algebraically as follows:

 

Total Payout = ROIC Payout x Sales Growth Multiplier

 

ROIC is defined as operating earnings divided by net working assets:

 

ROIC

=

Operating Earnings

Net Working Assets

 

 

The ROIC component will range from 0% to 50% of a participant’s total Target Incentive.

 

Sales growth is defined as year-over-year performance:

 

Sales growth

=

Total Company Sales, Current Year

Total Company Sales, Prior Year

-1

 

The sales growth component will not account for a specific portion of a participant’s total Target Incentive. Instead, it will serve as a multiplier of the ROIC payout. Management would

be allowed to recommend discretionary adjustments to the ROIC and sales growth portions of the payout, to correct for any windfalls or shortfalls beyond the control of participants.

 

V.

Target Award Opportunity

Target awards for each position are based on competitive market practice and internal considerations and are stated as a percentage of the employee’s base salary.

 

VI.

Determination Of Payment Amounts

The following process is used to determine the payment amount for each participant.

 

Step 1: Determine the performance results for ROIC and the resultant performance to goal. Compute the appropriate percentage of Target Incentive earned.

 

Step 2: Determine the performance results for sales growth and the resultant sales growth multiplier based on these results. Apply the sales growth multiplier to the ROIC payout.

 

Step 3 : Calculate each participant’s incentive amount earned as follows:

 

Incentive Amount Earned =

Total % Payout x (Annualized Base Salary (as of 12/31)  x  Target Incentive %)

 

Those employees who are eligible to participate for only part of the year will have their incentive amount adjusted accordingly, based on the eligibility provisions of the Terms and Conditions.

 

Step 4 : The Compensation Committee of Management and the Compensation Committee of the Board must approve final incentive amounts.

 

Step 5: Once approved, final incentive amounts are forwarded to the Employee Systems manager for payment.

 

 

Exhibit 21

 

W.W. GRAINGER, INC.

 

Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007

 

Acklands - Grainger Inc. (Canada)

 

Dayton Electric Manufacturing Co. (Illinois)

 

Grainger Caribe, Inc. (Illinois)

 

Grainger International, Inc. (Illinois)

 

 

-

Grainger Global Holdings, Inc. (Delaware)

 

 

-

Grainger China LLC (China)

 

 

-

Grainger Global Trading (Shanghai) Company Limited (China)

 

 

-

Grainger India Private Limited (India)

 

 

-

Grainger Panama S.A. (Panama)

 

 

-

Grainger Services International Inc. (Illinois)

 

 

-

MRO Korea Co., Ltd. (Korea) (49% owned)

 

 

-

ProQuest Brands, Inc. (Illinois)

 

 

-

MonotaRO Co., Ltd. (Japan) (38.8% owned)

 

 

-

WWG de Mexico, S.A. de C.V. (Mexico)

 

 

-

Grainger, S.A. de C.V. (Mexico)

 

 

-

WWG Servicios, S.A. de C.V. (Mexico)

 

Lab Safety Supply, Inc. (Wisconsin)

 

 

 

Exhibit 23

 

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Form S-8 No.’s 33-43902, 333-24215, 333-61980, 333-105185, 333-124356 and Form S-4 No. 33-32091) of W.W. Grainger, Inc. and in the related prospectuses of our reports dated February 25, 2008, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of W.W. Grainger, Inc. and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of W.W. Grainger, Inc., included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2007.

 

ERNST & YOUNG LLP

 

Chicago, Illinois

February 25, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 31(a)

CERTIFICATION

 

I, R. L. Keyser, certify that:

 

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of W.W. Grainger, Inc.;

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: February 27, 2008

 

By: /s/ R. L. Keyser

Name:

R. L. Keyser

Title:

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Exhibit 31(b)

CERTIFICATION

 

I, P. O. Loux, certify that:

 

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of W.W. Grainger, Inc.;

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: February 27, 2008

 

By: /s/ P. O. Loux

Name:

P. O. Loux

Title:

Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

Exhibit 32(a)

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, R. L. Keyser, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of W.W. Grainger, Inc. (“Grainger”), certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

1.

The Annual Report on Form 10-K of Grainger for the annual period ended December 31, 2007, (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

2.

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Grainger.

 

 

/s/ R. L. Keyser

R. L. Keyser

Chairman and

Chief Executive Officer

 

February 27, 2008

 

 

Exhibit 32(b)

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, P. O. Loux, Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer of W.W. Grainger, Inc. (“Grainger”), certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

1.

The Annual Report on Form 10-K of Grainger for the annual period ended December 31, 2007, (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

2.

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Grainger.

 

 

/s/ P. O. Loux

P. O. Loux

Senior Vice President, Finance

and Chief Financial Officer

 

February 27, 2008